[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2012015017A1 - Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012015017A1
WO2012015017A1 PCT/JP2011/067373 JP2011067373W WO2012015017A1 WO 2012015017 A1 WO2012015017 A1 WO 2012015017A1 JP 2011067373 W JP2011067373 W JP 2011067373W WO 2012015017 A1 WO2012015017 A1 WO 2012015017A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
layer
substituent
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/067373
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
陽介 山本
渡辺 康介
外山 弥
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020137004031A priority Critical patent/KR101838200B1/en
Priority to KR1020187006485A priority patent/KR101919742B1/en
Publication of WO2012015017A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012015017A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/14Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of the electroluminescent material, or by the simultaneous addition of the electroluminescent material in or onto the light source
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/16Electron transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6574Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only oxygen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. cumarine dyes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6576Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only sulfur in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. benzothiophene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007Non-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1088Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing oxygen as the only heteroatom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1092Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing sulfur as the only heteroatom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element and a material for an organic electroluminescent element having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure.
  • Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage.
  • An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
  • Patent Document 1 describes the use of a dibenzothiophene-based charge transport material for further improving the light emission efficiency and device durability of the device.
  • Patent Documents 2 and 3 describe organic electroluminescent elements using a compound in which two dibenzothiophenes are linked by a biphenyl group as a charge transport material.
  • the organic EL elements described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have not yet reached a region where the durability can be put to practical use. Further, the organic EL elements described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have a problem that a chromaticity shift occurs when the element is driven after being stored at a high temperature.
  • the present inventors use a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure represented by the general formula (1) containing a cyano group as a charge transport material. It has been found that there are excellent effects.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not specifically disclose a compound having a cyano group-containing dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure. Furthermore, Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not describe any remarkable effect when a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure containing a cyano group as a substituent is used. The present inventors have found that the heat resistance and durability of an organic electroluminescent device can be improved by substituting a cyano group for a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device that satisfies a high level of improvement in heat resistance (suppression of chromaticity shift after storage at high temperature) and durability of the device.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound and a charge transport material useful for the organic electroluminescence device described above.
  • another object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device including the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
  • an organic electroluminescence device excellent in heat resistance and durability can be provided by using a charge transport material having a specific dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure.
  • An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes,
  • An organic electroluminescence device comprising: at least one phosphorescent material in the light emitting layer; and at least one of the at least one organic layer including a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 101 to R 107 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 108 represents a substituent, and a represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • N represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent, provided that at least one cyano group is contained in the general formula (1).
  • [2] The organic electroluminescence device according to [1], wherein the cyano group contained in the general formula (1) is only the substituent of R 108 or La.
  • [3] The organic electroluminescence device according to [1] or [2], wherein La is any one selected from the following linking group group.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • a E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
  • R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • An electron transport layer adjacent to the cathode is provided between the pair of electrodes, and a hole blocking layer adjacent to the opposite side of the electron transport layer to the cathode is optionally provided, and the electron transport layer or the positive electrode layer is provided.
  • an organic electroluminescent element having excellent heat resistance and durability can be provided. Furthermore, a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device using the organic electroluminescent element can be provided.
  • FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 2B-5.
  • FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 2B-8.
  • FIG. 6 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 4A-8.
  • the hydrogen atom in the description of the following general formula (1) includes isotopes (such as deuterium atoms), and further, the atoms constituting the substituents also include the isotopes.
  • substituent when referred to as “substituent”, the substituent may be substituted.
  • alkyl group in the present invention includes an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom (for example, trifluoromethyl group) and an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (for example, triphenylmethyl group).
  • alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms it means that all groups including substituted ones have 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent group A is defined as follows.
  • An alkenyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.
  • Alkynyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.
  • aryl group preferably carbon 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthranyl, etc.
  • an amino group preferably having a carbon number
  • 0-30 more preferably 0-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0-10 carbon atoms, such as amino, methylamino, dimethyla
  • pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc. An acyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl A group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenyloxycarbonyl), acyloxy group (preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably Has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acet
  • An acylamino group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as acetylamino and benzoylamino), alkoxycarbonylamino group (Preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having carbon number) 7-30, more preferably 7-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7-12 carbon atoms, such as phenyloxycarbonylamino, and the like, and sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1-30 carbon atoms, more preferably Has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a carbamoyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • carbamoyl Methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, etc.
  • an alkylthio group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, Ethylthio etc.
  • arylthio group preferably Has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, and the like
  • a heterocyclic thio group preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more
  • it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include pyridylthio, 2-benzimidazolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, 2-benzthiazolylthio and the like.
  • a group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as mesyl, tosyl, etc.
  • a sulfinyl group preferably having 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfinyl, benzenesulfinyl and the like. It is.
  • a ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid
  • An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group ( An aromatic heterocyclic group is also included, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably
  • Is for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like.
  • a silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl).
  • a aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.).
  • These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes on the substrate, wherein the light emitting layer And at least one phosphorescent light-emitting material, and at least one of the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • the reason why the compound represented by the general formula (1) improves the heat resistance of the organic electroluminescent device is that the introduction of a cyano group increases the permanent dipole moment of the molecule, thereby increasing the intermolecular interaction. As a result, it is considered that the glass transition temperature (Tg) was increased and the heat resistance was improved.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • the reason why the durability is improved is considered that the electron affinity (Ea) is increased by the introduction of the cyano group, whereby the electron injecting property is improved and the carrier balance in the light emitting layer is improved.
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 101 to R 107 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 108 represents a substituent, and a represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • N represents an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent, provided that at least one cyano group is contained in the general formula (1).
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • a sulfur atom having a large van der Faals radius is desirable from the viewpoint of improving charge mobility.
  • the substituent represented by R 101 to R 107 can include the above-mentioned substituent group A and an alkyl group independently, and the substituent may further have a substituent.
  • the group selected from the said substituent group A and an alkyl group can be mentioned.
  • the substituent represented by R 108 may include the above-mentioned substituent group A, each of which may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of further substituents include the substituent group A and Mention may be made of groups selected from alkyl groups.
  • R 101 to R 107 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 101 to R 107 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 101 to R 107 is particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-butyl group, or an n-pentyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 101 to R 107 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 101 to R 107 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • substituents in the case where R 101 to R 107 have a further substituent include the substituent group A, and are a cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a biphenyl group).
  • a cyano group or a phenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • R 108 is preferably a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R 108 is more preferably a cyano group or a phenyl group, and preferably represents a cyano group. Further, when R 108 represents a cyano group, it is more preferable that the cyano group is bonded to the meta position with respect to the dibenzothiophene structure or the dibenzofuran structure.
  • the substituent group A can be mentioned, and a cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (phenyl group or biphenyl group) is preferable, and a cyano group Or a phenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • A represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
  • La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably a group in which 1 to 3 n-valent benzene rings are linked, and specifically, is selected from the following linking group group La. .
  • any of L2, L3, L4, L7, L9, and L10 is preferable, and L2, L3, L7, and L9 are more preferable.
  • * represents a bond with a benzene ring.
  • L1 to L12 may further have a substituent.
  • La may further have a substituent.
  • substituent group A examples include a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (phenyl group or biphenyl group), a heterocyclic group (preferably A nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably a carbazolyl group, an acridinyl group, or the like, or a diarylamino group (the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group is bonded to an aryl group or La together.
  • a cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is more preferable, a cyano group or a phenyl group is further preferable, and a cyano group is particularly preferable.
  • the aryl group has a substituent, the substituent is preferably a cyano group or a phenyl group.
  • the cyano group is preferably only the substituent of R 108 or La, and more preferably only the substituent of La from the same viewpoint.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) preferably has at least one cyano group substituted on the benzene ring.
  • the cyano group referred to here is not particularly limited as long as it is substituted on the benzene ring, and may be R 108 described above, or may be a substituent when R 108 represents a benzene ring.
  • the substituent of La may be a cyano group, and may have a cyano group on the benzene ring when the substituent of La is a benzene ring.
  • the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is preferably 2 or less. If the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is 2 or less, an increase in electron deficiency of the benzene ring can be suppressed and it can be prevented from acting as an oxidizing agent. As a result, it is possible to prevent the chemical stability of the compound from being significantly reduced. Accordingly, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is preferably 2 or less, and more preferably 0 or 1 from the viewpoint of chemical stability.
  • the sum of the number of benzene rings in the compound represented by the general formula (1) (including benzene rings of dibenzothiophene ring and dibenzofuran ring) and the number of cyano groups substituted on the benzene ring is 8 or more. It is preferable that it is 20 or less.
  • the sum of the number of benzene rings and the number of cyano groups substituted on the benzene ring is more preferably 8 or more and 17 or less, and still more preferably 8 or more and 14 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is usually 400 or more and 1500 or less, preferably 450 or more and 1200 or less, more preferably 500 or more and 1100 or less, and more preferably 550 or more and 1000 or less. Further preferred.
  • the molecular weight is 450 or more, it is advantageous for forming a high-quality amorphous thin film, and when the molecular weight is 1200 or less, the solubility and sublimation property are improved, which is advantageous for improving the purity of the compound.
  • the energy gap (the light emitting material is less than the light emitting material).
  • the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 2.00 eV (46 kcal / mol) or more and 3.51 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less, and 2.07 eV (48 kcal / mol). mol) to 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol), more preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) to 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol).
  • the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained from the short wavelength end of a phosphorescence emission spectrum of a thin film of material. For example, a material is deposited on a cleaned quartz glass substrate to a thickness of about 50 nm by vacuum deposition, and the phosphorescence emission spectrum of the thin film is measured at F-7000 Hitachi Spectrofluorimeter (Hitachi High Technologies) under liquid nitrogen temperature. Use to measure.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained by converting the rising wavelength on the short wavelength side of the obtained emission spectrum into energy units.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is 100 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescent device against heat generated during high temperature driving or driving the device.
  • the temperature is 120 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 140 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower.
  • the purity of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is high.
  • the purity can be measured by, for example, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the area ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) when detected with a light absorption intensity of 254 nm is preferably 95.0% or more, and more It is preferably 97.0% or more, particularly preferably 99.0% or more, and most preferably 99.9% or more.
  • the compound exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (1) includes a metal catalyst (for example, Pd) between a corresponding boronic acid or boronic ester or boronic ester salt and a corresponding halogen compound or triflate compound. And Ni) and a ligand (triphenylphosphine, Buchwald ligand, etc.) and the like (for example, Suzuki-Miyaura coupling). For example, it can be synthesized by the methods described in Patent Documents 1 and 3 described above.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is not limited in its use and may be contained in any layer in the organic layer.
  • the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in any one of the light emitting layer, the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the layer between the light emitting layer and the anode.
  • Layer, between the light-emitting layer and the cathode and adjacent to the light-emitting layer, or between the light-emitting layer and the cathode and adjacent to the cathode preferably an electron transport layer).
  • the durability of the device can be improved, and when used for the electron transport layer, the device efficiency can be improved and the driving voltage can be suppressed, which is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention is included in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 97% by mass, more preferably 10 to 96% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, and 85 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer other than the light emitting layer. % Is more preferable.
  • the present invention also relates to a charge transport material represented by the general formula (1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the charge transport material of the present invention are preferably used for organic electronic elements such as electrophotography, organic transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements (energy conversion applications, sensor applications, etc.), and organic electroluminescence elements. It can be used and is particularly preferably used for an organic electroluminescent device.
  • composition containing the charge transport material of the present invention also relates to a composition comprising the charge transport material.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, and 50 to 97% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition. More preferred is 70 to 96% by mass.
  • Other components that may be contained in the composition of the present invention may be organic or inorganic, and as organic materials, materials described as host materials, fluorescent light emitting materials, phosphorescent light emitting materials, and hydrocarbon materials described later can be applied. A host material, a phosphorescent material, and a hydrocarbon material are preferable.
  • composition of the present invention can form an organic layer of an organic electroluminescence device by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method
  • a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • the present invention also relates to a thin film containing the charge transport material represented by the general formula (1).
  • the thin film of the present invention can be formed by using the composition of the present invention by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
  • the thickness of the thin film may be any thickness depending on the application, but is preferably 0.1 nm to 1 mm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 1 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, and particularly preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. is there.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes on the substrate, wherein the light emitting layer And at least one of the phosphor layers, and at least one of the at least one organic layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention.
  • at least one of the pair of electrodes, the anode and the cathode is preferably transparent or translucent.
  • Examples of the organic layer include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a block layer (such as a hole block layer and an exciton block layer), and an electron transport layer in addition to the light emitting layer.
  • a plurality of these organic layers may be provided, and when a plurality of layers are provided, they may be formed of the same material, or may be formed of different materials for each layer.
  • FIG. 1 an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention is shown.
  • the organic electroluminescent element 10 of FIG. 1 has an organic layer including a light emitting layer 6 between a pair of electrodes (anode 3 and cathode 9) on a substrate 2.
  • As the organic layer a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7, and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order from the anode 3 side.
  • the substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer.
  • an organic material it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
  • the anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials.
  • the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
  • the cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element.
  • the electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
  • Organic layer in the present invention will be described.
  • each organic layer is preferably formed by any of dry film forming methods such as vapor deposition and sputtering, and solution coating methods such as transfer, printing, spin coating, and bar coating. Can be formed.
  • the light emitting layer receives holes from the anode, hole injection layer or hole transport layer and receives electrons from the cathode, electron injection layer or electron transport layer when an electric field is applied, and provides a field for recombination of holes and electrons. And a layer having a function of emitting light.
  • the light emitting layer in the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains at least one phosphorescent material.
  • Luminescent material in addition to at least one phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer, a fluorescent light-emitting material or a phosphorescent light-emitting material different from the phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer can be used as the light-emitting material. Details of these fluorescent materials and phosphorescent materials are described in, for example, paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
  • Examples of phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123684, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No.
  • Examples of such a light emitting material include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, Tb complex, Gd.
  • Examples include phosphorescent metal complex compounds such as complexes, Dy complexes, and Ce complexes.
  • an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
  • These phosphorescent metal complex compounds are preferably contained in the light emitting layer together with the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably carbon atoms.
  • a 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom includes a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole Ring, thiadiazole ring and the like.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, or a pyrazole.
  • the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A can be applied as a substituent.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable.
  • an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group or a perfluoroalkyl group is preferably selected.
  • an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or the like is preferably selected.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent on carbon include an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, and a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
  • B 1 represents a 5- or 6-membered ring containing Z 2 and a carbon atom.
  • Examples of the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, Examples include a triazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
  • the benzene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole is preferable as the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and carbon atom.
  • the 5- or 6-membered ring formed of B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a nitrogen atom as the substituent on the carbon atom.
  • the substituent group B can be applied.
  • Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or the like is preferably selected.
  • the substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
  • a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic substituent formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom and a 5- or 6-membered substituent formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom are linked. Then, the same condensed ring as described above may be formed.
  • (XY) represents a bidentate monoanionic ligand.
  • Examples of bidentate monoanionic ligands are described on pages 89-90 of Lamansky et al., WO 02/15645.
  • ligand represented by (XY) there are various known ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes. For example, “Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” Springer-Verlag H. Included in ligands (eg, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), etc., published in 1987, published by Yersin, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-” Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands (for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.), diketone ligands (for example, acetylacetone, etc.)
  • the ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid. The derivative is most preferably acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency.
  • the ligands represented by (XY) are preferably the following general formulas (l-1) to (1-14), but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Rx, Ry, and Rz represent a substituent
  • substituents include a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred.
  • Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are not considered to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect.
  • R I1 to R I4 represent a substituent selected from the substituent group A
  • B represents CR or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • R I5 to R I7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, It represents —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent A.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • * Represents a coordination position to iridium in the general formula (E-1). Any one of R I1 , R I5 , R I6 , and R I7 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl And the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • R I1 to R I7 is the same as the preferred range of R T1 to R T7 in formula (E-3) described later.
  • B is preferably CR
  • R is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.).
  • a phenyl group is preferred.
  • (XY) is more preferably (I-1), (I-4), (I-15), particularly preferably (I-1), (I-15).
  • Complexes having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors. For example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
  • the bidentate monoanionic ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a bidentate monoanionic ligand represented by the following general formula (L-1).
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • substituent in the case of having a substituent include the above-described substituent Z ′, and preferred substituent Z ′ includes a phenyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or these. And a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are more preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may be condensed or may have a substituent.
  • substituents include the above-described substituent Z ′, and the substituent Z ′ is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may be condensed or may have a substituent.
  • substituent Z ′ examples include the above-described substituent Z ′, and the substituent Z ′ is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R L1 and R L2 are preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R L1 and R L2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group N-propyl group, iso-propyl group, iso-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and methyl group, ethyl group, iso-butyl group, or t-butyl group A methyl group is preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • R L3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a preferred embodiment of the Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is an Ir complex material represented by the general formula (E-2). Next, general formula (E-2) will be described.
  • a E1 to A E8 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
  • R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • a E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
  • R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R E may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the ring formed include the same ring as the condensed ring described in the general formula (E-1).
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R E we are the same as those mentioned above substituent group A.
  • a E1 ⁇ A E4 is C-R E, if A E1 ⁇ A E4 is C-R E, preferably a hydrogen atom R E of A E3, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, An alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R E of A E1 , A E2 and A E4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a E5 to A E8 are preferably C—R E , and when A E5 to A E8 are C—R E , R E is preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, aromatic A heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkyloxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a dialkylamino group, a cyano group, Or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • a E6 is preferably a nitrogen atom.
  • (X-Y) and n E2 of the general formula in (E1) (X-Y) , and has the same meaning as n E1 preferable ranges are also the same.
  • a more preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-3).
  • R T1 , R T2 , R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 and R T7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further a substituent Z may be included.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • A represents CR ′ or a nitrogen atom
  • R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O ) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Any one of R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z; Good.
  • a case where a ring is condensed with R T1 and R T7 , or R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is preferable, and a case where a ring is condensed with R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E3 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the alkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, i-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, A cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • vinyl, allyl Examples include 1-propenyl, 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ include those in which all the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group.
  • Groups such as pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furyl, benzofuryl , Thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzis
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoro group, and an aryl group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group are more preferable.
  • substituent Z an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z; .
  • the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring formed is preferably a cycloalkane, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or an aromatic heterocycle, and the definitions and preferred ranges thereof are the cycloalkyl groups described in the above R T1 to R T7 and R ′.
  • A represents CR ′, and among R T1 to R T7 and R ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T1 to R T7 , And R ′ are particularly preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • n E3 is preferably 2 or 3.
  • the type of ligand in the complex is preferably composed of 1 to 2 types, more preferably 1 type.
  • the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • (XY) has the same meaning as (XY) in formula (E-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-4).
  • R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E4 in the general formula (E-4) are R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3).
  • the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Any two of R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3).
  • A represents CR ′, and 0 to 2 of R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-5).
  • R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E5 in the general formula (E-5) are R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3).
  • the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R T5 , R T6 , and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent Z. You may do it.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3).
  • A represents CR ′, and among R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-6).
  • R 1a to R 1k each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Any two of R 1a to R 1k may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. Of these, the case where R 1j and R 1k are linked to form a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R “, or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • n E6 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • R 1a to R 1k are the same as those in R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in the general formula (E-3). Further, it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is an atom.
  • the preferred range of (XY) and n E6 is the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
  • a more preferable form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-6) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-7).
  • R 1a ⁇ R 1i definition and preferable ranges of R 1a ⁇ R 1i are the same as R 1a ⁇ R 1i in the formula (E-6). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • the definitions and preferred ranges of (XY) and n E7 are the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
  • the compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A, various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232 and the like. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) in the light emitting layer is contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound generally forming the light emitting layer in the light emitting layer.
  • the content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
  • the light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may be composed of only a light emitting material, or may be a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material.
  • the kind of the light emitting material may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the host material is preferably a charge transport material.
  • the host material may be one kind or two or more kinds, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed.
  • the light emitting layer may contain a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
  • the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers, and each layer may contain the same light emitting material or host material, or each layer may contain a different material. When there are a plurality of light emitting layers, each of the light emitting layers may emit light with different emission colors.
  • the host material is a compound mainly responsible for charge injection and transport in the light emitting layer, and itself is a compound that does not substantially emit light.
  • “substantially does not emit light” means that the amount of light emitted from the compound that does not substantially emit light is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less of the total amount of light emitted from the entire device. Preferably it says 1% or less.
  • the host material a compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention can be used as the host material.
  • Examples of other host materials that can be used in the present invention include compounds having the following structure as a partial structure.
  • the charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element.
  • Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency.
  • the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
  • the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer the matters described in paragraph numbers [0165] to [0167] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
  • the hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant.
  • an electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations.
  • TCNQ tetracyanoquinodimethane
  • F 4 -TCNQ tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane
  • molybdenum oxide and the like.
  • the electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. %, More preferably 0.2% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side.
  • the electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
  • an electron transport material the compound represented by General formula (1) of this invention can be used.
  • Other materials include pyridine derivatives, quinoline derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, phthalazine derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, triazine derivatives, triazole derivatives, oxazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, Metal complexes of anthrone derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, naphthalene, perylene, and other aromatic ring tetracarboxylic anhydrides, phthalocyanine derivatives, 8-quinolinol derivatives And metal phthalocyanines, various metal complexes represented by metal complexes with benzoxazole and benzothiazole ligands, It is preferable that a layer
  • the thicknesses of the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are each preferably 500 nm or less from the viewpoint of lowering the driving voltage.
  • the thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant.
  • an electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions.
  • TTF tetrathiafulvalene
  • TTT dithiaimidazole compounds
  • TTT tetrathianaphthacene
  • bis- [1,3 diethyl-2-methyl-1,2-dihydrobenzimidazolyl] lithium, cesium and the like.
  • the electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
  • the hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side.
  • a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the organic compound constituting the hole blocking layer is higher than the T 1 energy of the light emitting material in order to prevent energy transfer of excitons generated in the light emitting layer and not to reduce the light emission efficiency. It is desirable.
  • organic compounds constituting the hole blocking layer include aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate (Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4- aluminum complexes such as phenylphenolate (abbreviated as Balq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-) phenanthroline derivatives such as phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)) and the like.
  • BCP phenanthroline
  • the thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure made of one or more of the materials described above, or may have a multilayer structure made of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side.
  • an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer must be higher than the T 1 energy of the light emitting material in order to prevent the energy transfer of excitons generated in the light emitting layer and not to reduce the light emission efficiency. Is desirable.
  • the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer for example, those mentioned as the hole transport material described above can be applied.
  • the thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the pair of electrodes include an anode, and at least one organic layer is included between the light emitting layer and the anode, and at least one of the following general formulas ( It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, but its use is not limited, and It may be further contained in any of these layers.
  • any of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, and a charge blocking layer Or can be contained in a plurality.
  • the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode and containing the compound represented by formula (M-1) is more preferably an electron block layer or a hole transport layer.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently one or more selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylamino, alkylamino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, N, O, and S It represents a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing a hetero atom, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be bonded to each other by a single bond, alkylene, or alkenylene (with or without a condensed ring) to form a condensed 5- to 9-membered ring.
  • Ar 3 represents p-valent alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or arylamino, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ′′, —OR ′′, —N (R ′′) 2 , —SR ′′, —C (O) R ′′, —C (O) OR ′′, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R” represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
  • p is an integer of 1 to 4, and when p is 2 or more, Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-2).
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R M2 to R M23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a silyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R M1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). Which may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
  • R M1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably an aryl group. Preferred substituents when the aryl group of R M1 has a substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an aryl group are more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R M1 is preferably a phenyl group that may have a substituent Z, and more preferably a phenyl group that may have an alkyl group or a cyano group.
  • R M2 to R M23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms), Alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms), silyl group (preferably having 0 to 18 carbon atoms), cyano Represents a group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom, and these may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
  • R M2 , R M7 , R M8 , R M15 , R M16 and R M23 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent Z, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R M4 , R M5 , R M11 , R M12 , R M19, and R M20 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is an atom.
  • R M3 , R M6 , R M9 , R M14 , R M17 and R M22 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, and more A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R M10 , R M13 , R M18 and R M21 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a substituent Z, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or an amino group, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group More preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having a substituent Z, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, still more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent Z. It is an alkyl group that may be present.
  • the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom
  • the alkyl group which may have the substituent Z preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. is there.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-3).
  • R S1 to R S5 are each independently an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) represents R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • R S1 to R S5 When a plurality of R S1 to R S5 are present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • a represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R S1 are present, they may be the same or different and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • b to e each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of R S2 to R S5 , they may be the same or different, and any two may combine to form a ring.
  • q is an integer of 1 to 5, and when q is 2 or more, a plurality of R S1 may be the same or different, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the alkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group. , I-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group. Groups and the like.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl Examples include 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
  • the alkynyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 include those in which all hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
  • the aryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a biphenyl group, and a terphenyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group,
  • R S1 to R S5 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, fluoro group and aryl group more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • substituent Z an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable.
  • R S1 to R S5 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • the 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
  • the definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R S1 to R S5 .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 50 to 100% by mass, The content is preferably 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by mass.
  • each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and the compound represented by the plurality of general formulas (M-1) You may contain in combination.
  • the thickness of the hole transport layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm. Further preferred.
  • the hole transport layer is preferably provided in contact with the light emitting layer.
  • the lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.47 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. It is more preferably 2.60 eV (60 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.69 eV (62 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less.
  • the hydrogen atom constituting the general formula (M-1) includes hydrogen isotopes (such as deuterium atoms). In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods.
  • carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • LF Tieze by Th. Eicher
  • Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis page 339 (published by Nankodo).
  • Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40: 6393 (1999) and the like Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40
  • the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) of the present invention is preferably formed into a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating can also be suitably used.
  • the molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred.
  • the pair of electrodes preferably include a cathode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. It is preferable to contain a compound represented by (1) or an aromatic hydrocarbon compound (particularly the following general formula (Tp-1)) or a compound represented by the following general formula (O-1).
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its use is not limited, and any of the organic layers may be further added. It may be contained.
  • any one or more of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, and a charge block layer are used. It can contain.
  • the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode and containing the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and more preferably an electron transporting layer.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound preferably comprises only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, more preferably 85 to 100% by mass.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably 1 to 95% by weight, based on the total weight of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include the mass%.
  • the condensed polycyclic skeleton having 13 to 22 carbon atoms is preferably any one of fluorene, anthracene, phenanthrene, tetracene, chrysene, pentacene, pyrene, perylene, and triphenylene.
  • fluorene, triphenylene, phenanthrene Is more preferable, and triphenylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stability of the compound and charge injection / transport properties, and a compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is particularly preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) preferably has a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, more preferably 400 to 1000, and still more preferably 400 to 800. If the molecular weight is 400 or more, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and if the molecular weight is 1200 or less, it is preferable in terms of solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and appropriate deposition.
  • hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is not limited, and it may be further contained not only in the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer but also in any layer within the organic layer.
  • R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 are substituted or unsubstituted, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, and an n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or A tert-butyl group.
  • R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
  • a benzene ring that may be substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (which may be further substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group); It is particularly preferred.
  • the total number of aryl rings is preferably 2 to 8, and preferably 3 to 5. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
  • R 12 to R 23 each independently preferably has a total carbon number of 20 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 20 to 36. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-2).
  • a plurality of Ar 1 are the same, and a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, which may be substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Or represents a triphenylenyl group.
  • An alkyl group and an alkyl group represented by Ar 1 , a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group that may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group include R 12 to R 23 . It is synonymous with what was mentioned, and a preferable thing is also the same.
  • the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-3).
  • L represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 6.
  • the alkyl group, phenyl group, fluorenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group that forms the n-valent linking group represented by L has the same meaning as that described for R 12 to R 23 .
  • L is preferably an alkyl group or an n-valent linking group formed by combining a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, or a combination thereof, which may be substituted with a benzene ring.
  • L is bonded to the triphenylene ring by *.
  • N is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is used as a host material of a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device or a charge transport material of a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, the energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material (the light emitting material is a phosphorescent light emitting material)
  • the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
  • the T 1 energy in the film state of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably 52 kcal / mol or more and 80 kcal / mol or less, and 55 kcal / mol or more and 68 kcal / mol or less. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that they are 58 kcal / mol or more and 63 kcal / mol or less. In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
  • the T 1 energy can be obtained by a method similar to the method in the description of the general formula (1) described above.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is 80 ° C. or more and 400 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescence device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. Preferably, it is 100 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 120 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less.
  • the compounds exemplified as the hydrocarbon compounds according to the present invention include those described in International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, International Publication No. 09/021107, US2009 / 0009065, International Publication No. 09 / It can be synthesized by the methods described in the 008311 pamphlet and the international publication 04/018587 pamphlet. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the light emitting device of the present invention preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (O-1). Is preferable from the viewpoints of element efficiency and driving voltage.
  • the general formula (O-1) will be described below.
  • R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or each independently .A O1 ⁇ A O4 representing the heteroaryl group, the C-R A or .R A representing the nitrogen atom Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different, and L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group comprising an aryl ring or a heteroaryl ring.
  • N O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6.
  • R O1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). A may be included.
  • R O1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an aryl group.
  • an alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group can be mentioned, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is still more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R O1 When the aryl group of R O1 has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the aryl group of R O1 is preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent A, more preferably a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group, and even more preferably an unsubstituted group.
  • a O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom.
  • 0 to 2 are preferably nitrogen atoms, and 0 or 1 is more preferably a nitrogen atom.
  • all of A O1 ⁇ A O4 is C-R A, or A O1 be a nitrogen atom, is preferably A O2 ⁇ A O4 is C-R A, A O1 be a nitrogen atom, A O2 ⁇ More preferably, A O4 is C—R A , more preferably A O1 is a nitrogen atom, A O2 to A O4 are C—R A , and R A is all a hydrogen atom.
  • R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent Z ′.
  • the plurality of RA may be the same or different.
  • R A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group composed of an aryl ring (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl ring (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • L O1 is preferably an arylene group, heteroarylene group, aryltriyl group, or heteroaryltriyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a benzenetriyl group, still more preferably a biphenylene group, Or it is a benzenetriyl group.
  • L O1 may have the above-described substituent Z ′, and when it has a substituent, the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a cyano group. Specific examples of L O1 include the following.
  • n O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3. n O1 is most preferably 3 from the viewpoint of device efficiency, and most preferably 2 from the viewpoint of device durability.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (O-2).
  • R O1 independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • R O2 to R O4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a hetero group.
  • a O1 to A O4 each independently represents C—R A or a nitrogen atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A are the same But it may be different.
  • R O1 and A O1 ⁇ A O4 the general formula (O1) in the same meaning as R O1 and A O1 ⁇ A O4 of, also the same preferable ranges thereof.
  • R 02 to R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). These may have the above-mentioned substituent A.
  • R 02 to R 04 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 100 ° C. from the viewpoint of stable operation at high temperature storage, stable operation against high temperature driving, and heat generation during driving. It is preferably from ⁇ 400 ° C., more preferably from 120 ° C. to 400 ° C., still more preferably from 140 ° C. to 400 ° C.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A No. 2001-335776. After synthesis, purification by column chromatography, recrystallization, reprecipitation, etc., followed by purification by sublimation is preferred. Not only can organic impurities be separated by sublimation purification, but inorganic salts, residual solvents, moisture, and the like can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is contained in an organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but is contained in a layer on the cathode side adjacent to the light emitting layer. Is preferred.
  • the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
  • the protective layer the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
  • the element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
  • the sealing container the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode.
  • a direct current which may include an alternating current component as necessary
  • the driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047.
  • the driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
  • the external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is preferably 7% or more, and more preferably 10% or more.
  • the value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency around 300 to 400 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%.
  • the element of the present invention can be suitably used for a display element, a display, a backlight, electrophotography, an illumination light source, a recording light source, an exposure light source, a reading light source, a sign, a signboard, an interior, or optical communication.
  • a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance such as a lighting device or a display device.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention.
  • the light emitting device 20 in FIG. 2 includes a transparent substrate (support substrate) 2, an organic electroluminescent element 10, a sealing container 16, and the like.
  • the organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2.
  • a protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween.
  • a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate
  • the adhesive layer 14 a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
  • the use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the illumination device of the present invention.
  • the illumination device 40 of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
  • the light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light.
  • the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31.
  • the transparent substrate 31 for example, a glass substrate can be preferably cited.
  • transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified.
  • the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles known ones can be used.
  • the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is emitted from the light emitting surface 30B. It is emitted as illumination light.
  • Compound 2B-5 was synthesized according to the above scheme. Other compounds can also be synthesized by the same means as described above.
  • the 1 H-NMR data of the synthesized compounds 2B-5, 2B-8 and 4A-8 are shown in FIGS.
  • First layer LG101: film thickness 10 nm
  • Second layer NPD: film thickness 30 nm
  • Third layer Comparative compound 1 (host material) and GD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
  • Fourth layer TpH-17: film thickness 10 nm
  • Fifth layer Alq: film thickness 40 nm
  • 0.1 nm of lithium fluoride and 200 nm of metallic aluminum were vapor-deposited in this order to form a cathode.
  • This laminated body is put in a glove box substituted with nitrogen gas without being exposed to the atmosphere, and sealed with a glass sealing can and an ultraviolet curable adhesive (XNR5516HV, manufactured by Nagase Ciba Co., Ltd.).
  • the device of Comparative Example 1 was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 2 Examples A1 to A19
  • the device of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that Comparative Compound 2 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 as the host material for the third layer in Comparative Example 1.
  • Comparative Compound 2 instead of Comparative Compound 2, 1A-15, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-12, 1B-15, 1B-16, 1B-24, 1B-25, 1B-27, 1B-32
  • Comparative Compound 2 1A-15, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-12, 1B-15, 1B-16, 1B-24, 1B-25, 1B-27, 1B-32
  • 1B-44, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B-25, 2B-32, 2B-44, 2B-48, 4A-8 the elements of Examples A1 to A19 Obtained.
  • Table 1 shows the results of evaluating these elements from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage by the following method.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound used as the host material was measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) was less than 100 ° C. x, 100 ° C. or more and less than 120 ° C.
  • the results are shown in Table 1 as ⁇ and those at 120 ° C. or higher as ⁇ .
  • (A) continues applying to emit light the direct voltage as durable at room temperature brightness is 5000 cd / m 2, luminance is used as an index of durability time taken until 4000 cd / m 2.
  • durability when the element of Comparative Example 1 was used was set to 100, those having a relative durability value of 101 or more and less than 120 were rated ⁇ , and those having 120 or more were rated ⁇ . The larger the number, the better the durability. Since Comparative Example 1 is a reference, it is described as “ ⁇ ”.
  • Comparative Example 3 A device of Comparative Example 3 was fabricated in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that TpH-17 used in the fourth layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was replaced with Comparative Compound 1.
  • Example B1 A device of Example B1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2, except that Compound 1B-6 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used for the fourth layer of the device of Comparative Example 3. Similarly, instead of compound 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-15, 1B-24, 1B-25, 1B-32, 1B-44, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B- 25, 2B-32, 2B-44, and 2B-48 were used to fabricate the devices of Examples B2 to B14.
  • Example B15 to B18 Comparative Example 3 except that Comparative Compound 1 used for the host material of the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 3 was replaced with Compound 1B-6 and Comparative Compound 1 used for the fourth layer was replaced with Compound 1B-6 of the present case
  • the device of Example B15 was produced.
  • the devices of Examples B16 to B18 were prepared by using 1B-25, 2B-5, and 4A-8, respectively, instead of Compound 1B-6.
  • Table 2 shows the results of evaluating these elements from the viewpoint of efficiency and drive voltage by the following method.
  • (C) Efficiency Using a source measure unit 2400 manufactured by Toyo Technica, a DC voltage was applied to each element to emit light, and the luminance was measured using a luminance meter BM-8 manufactured by Topcon Corporation. The emission spectrum and emission wavelength were measured using a spectrum analyzer PMA-11 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics. Based on these, the external quantum efficiency at a luminance of around 1000 cd / m 2 was calculated by the luminance conversion method.
  • the efficiency of Comparative Example 1 was taken as 100, those having a relative efficiency value of 100 or less were evaluated as x, those having a value of 101 or more and less than 110 were evaluated as ⁇ , and those having a relative value of 110 or more were evaluated as ⁇ . The larger the number, the better the external quantum efficiency.
  • Comparative Example 1 Since Comparative Example 1 is a reference, it is described as “ ⁇ ”.
  • Driving voltage Each element is caused to emit light by applying a DC voltage so that the luminance becomes 1000 cd / m 2 . The applied voltage at this time was used as an index for driving voltage evaluation.
  • the voltage of Comparative Example 1 was 100, the voltage having a relative value of 100 or more was rated as x, the voltage from 90 to less than 100 was rated as ⁇ , and the voltage of less than 90 was rated as ⁇ .
  • the driving voltage is preferably as small as possible.
  • Comparative Example 4 A device of Comparative Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that each layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was changed as follows.
  • Example C1 A device of Example C1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 4, except that Compound 1A-15 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used in the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 4. Similarly, instead of compound 1A-15, 1A-24, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-15, 1B-25, 1B-32, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B- 25, 2B-32, 2B-44, and 4A-8 were used, respectively, to produce devices of Examples C2 to C14.
  • Table 3 shows the results of evaluating these elements in the same manner as described above from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage. The durability was 100 when the element of Comparative Example 4 was used.
  • Comparative Example 4 is a reference, “ ⁇ ” is described.
  • Comparative Example 5 A device of Comparative Example 5 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that each layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was changed as follows.
  • Fifth layer Alq: film thickness 40 nm
  • Example D1 to D13 A device of Example D1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 5, except that Compound 1A-27 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used for the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 5. Similarly, instead of compound 1A-27, 1A-48, 2A-44, 2A-47, 1B-16, 1B-27, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B-26, 2B-34, 2B-
  • the elements of Examples D2 to D13 were fabricated by using 46, 2B-47, and 4A-8, respectively. Table 4 shows the results of evaluating these elements in the same manner as described above from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage. The durability was 100 when the element of Comparative Example 5 was used. In addition, since Comparative Example 5 is a reference, “ ⁇ ” is described.
  • the device of the present invention using the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the present invention is a comparative example when the compound represented by the general formula (1) is used as a host material. It can be seen that it is superior in durability as compared with the element. Moreover, when the compound represented by General formula (1) is used as an electron transport material, it turns out that it is excellent in efficiency compared with the element of a comparative example, and can suppress a drive voltage.
  • an organic electroluminescent element having excellent heat resistance and durability can be provided. Furthermore, a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device using the organic electroluminescent element can be provided.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is an organic electroluminescent element that is highly heat-resistant and highly durable. Said organic electroluminescent element has the following on a substrate: a pair of electrodes, comprising an anode and a cathode; and one or more organic layers, including a light-emitting layer, between said electrodes. Said light-emitting layer contains at least one phosphorescent light-emitting material, and at least one of the one or more organic layers contains a compound represented by general formula (1), in which X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R101 through R107 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R108 represents a substituent, a represents an integer from 0 to 4, n represents an integer greater than or equal to 1, and La represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group that has a valence of n and may contain a substituent. There is at least one cyano group in general formula (1).

Description

有機電界発光素子、及びジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する有機電界発光素子用材料Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
 本発明は有機電界発光素子、及びジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する有機電界発光素子用材料に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element and a material for an organic electroluminescent element having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure.
 有機電界発光素子(以下、「素子」、「有機EL素子」ともいう)は、低電圧駆動で高輝度の発光が得られることから活発に研究開発が行われている。有機電界発光素子は、一対の電極間に有機層を有し、陰極から注入された電子と陽極から注入された正孔とが有機層において再結合し、生成した励起子のエネルギーを発光に利用するものである。 Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage. An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
 近年、燐光発光材料を用いることにより、素子の高効率化が進んでいる。しかしながら、耐久性の観点から未だ実用化できる領域には達していない。更なる素子の発光効率の向上及び素子耐久性の向上のため、ジベンゾチオフェン系電荷輸送材料の使用が特許文献1に記載されている。またジベンゾチオフェンをビフェニル基で2つ連結した化合物を電荷輸送材料として用いた有機電界発光素子が特許文献2、3に記載されている。 In recent years, the use of phosphorescent light-emitting materials has advanced the efficiency of devices. However, it has not yet reached an area where it can be put into practical use from the viewpoint of durability. Patent Document 1 describes the use of a dibenzothiophene-based charge transport material for further improving the light emission efficiency and device durability of the device. Further, Patent Documents 2 and 3 describe organic electroluminescent elements using a compound in which two dibenzothiophenes are linked by a biphenyl group as a charge transport material.
国際公開第07/069569号International Publication No. 07/069569 国際公開第09/073245号International Publication No. 09/073245 国際公開第09/085344号International Publication No. 09/085344
 本発明者らの検討により、特許文献1~3に記載の有機EL素子では耐久性が実用化できる領域には達していないことがわかった。また、特許文献1~3に記載の有機EL素子では素子を高温で保管した後に駆動させると色度ずれが生じるという問題があった。
 従来の有機EL素子が有するこれらの問題に対し、本発明者らは、シアノ基を含む一般式(1)で表されるジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する化合物を電荷輸送材料として用いることにより、優れた効果を奏することを見出した。特許文献1~3にはシアノ基を含むジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する化合物については具体的な開示はない。更に、特許文献1~3には置換基としてシアノ基を含むジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する化合物を用いたときの特筆すべき効果についての記載はない。本発明者らはジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する化合物にシアノ基を置換させることで、有機電界発光素子の耐熱性及び耐久性を向上させることができることを見出した。
As a result of studies by the present inventors, it has been found that the organic EL elements described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have not yet reached a region where the durability can be put to practical use. Further, the organic EL elements described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have a problem that a chromaticity shift occurs when the element is driven after being stored at a high temperature.
For these problems of conventional organic EL devices, the present inventors use a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure represented by the general formula (1) containing a cyano group as a charge transport material. It has been found that there are excellent effects. Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not specifically disclose a compound having a cyano group-containing dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure. Furthermore, Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not describe any remarkable effect when a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure containing a cyano group as a substituent is used. The present inventors have found that the heat resistance and durability of an organic electroluminescent device can be improved by substituting a cyano group for a compound having a dibenzothiophene structure or a dibenzofuran structure.
 すなわち、本発明の目的は、素子の耐熱性(高温保管後の色度ずれの抑制)及び耐久性の向上を、高い水準で満足する有機電界発光素子を提供することである。
 また、本発明の別の目的は、上述の有機電界発光素子に有用な化合物及び電荷輸送材料を提供することである。更に、本発明の別の目的は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を含む発光装置、表示装置及び照明装置を提供することである。
That is, an object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device that satisfies a high level of improvement in heat resistance (suppression of chromaticity shift after storage at high temperature) and durability of the device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a compound and a charge transport material useful for the organic electroluminescence device described above. Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device including the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
 本発明者らの検討によると、特定のジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造を有する電荷輸送材料を用いることで、耐熱性、耐久性に優れた有機電界発光素子が提供されることを見出した。 According to the study by the present inventors, it has been found that an organic electroluminescence device excellent in heat resistance and durability can be provided by using a charge transport material having a specific dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure.
 すなわち、本発明は下記の手段により達成することができる。
〔1〕
 基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、
 前記発光層に燐光発光材料を少なくとも一種含み、かつ、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含む有機電界発光素子。
That is, the present invention can be achieved by the following means.
[1]
An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes,
An organic electroluminescence device comprising: at least one phosphorescent material in the light emitting layer; and at least one of the at least one organic layer including a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 (一般式(1)中、Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。R101~R107はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、R108は置換基を表す。aは0~4の整数を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。Laはn価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、一般式(1)中にシアノ基を少なくとも一つ有する。)
〔2〕
 一般式(1)中に含まれるシアノ基が、前記R108又はLaの置換基のみである、〔1〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔3〕
 前記Laが下記の連結基群から選択されるいずれかである〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In the general formula (1), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 101 to R 107 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 108 represents a substituent, and a represents an integer of 0 to 4. N represents an integer greater than or equal to 1. La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent, provided that at least one cyano group is contained in the general formula (1). Have)
[2]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [1], wherein the cyano group contained in the general formula (1) is only the substituent of R 108 or La.
[3]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [1] or [2], wherein La is any one selected from the following linking group group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
〔4〕
 前記燐光発光材料が、下記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
[4]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the phosphorescent material is an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 (一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
 BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE1は1~3の整数を表す。)
〔5〕
 前記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体が下記一般式(E-2)で表される、〔4〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In the general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3. )
[5]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [4], wherein the iridium complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is represented by the following general formula (E-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (一般式(E-2)中、AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE2は1~3の整数を表す。)
〔6〕
 前記発光層が〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔7〕
 前記一対の電極間に、前記陰極に隣接する電子輸送層を有し、更に該電子輸送層の前記陰極の反対側に隣接する正孔ブロック層を任意に有し、前記電子輸送層又は前記正孔ブロック層が前記[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する、[1]~[6]のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔8〕
 〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。
〔9〕
 〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。
〔10〕
 〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。
(In the general formula (E-2), A E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3. )
[6]
The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the light emitting layer contains a compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of [1] to [3] .
[7]
An electron transport layer adjacent to the cathode is provided between the pair of electrodes, and a hole blocking layer adjacent to the opposite side of the electron transport layer to the cathode is optionally provided, and the electron transport layer or the positive electrode layer is provided. The organic electroluminescence according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the pore blocking layer contains a compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of [1] to [3]. element.
[8]
[1] A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element as described in any one of [7].
[9]
[1] A display device using the organic electroluminescent element as described in any one of [7].
[10]
[1] An illuminator using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [7].
 本発明によれば、耐熱性、耐久性に優れた有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。更に、該有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置、表示装置及び照明装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element having excellent heat resistance and durability can be provided. Furthermore, a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device using the organic electroluminescent element can be provided.
本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る発光装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the light-emitting device which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る照明装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the illuminating device which concerns on this invention. 合成された化合物2B-5のH-NMRスペクトル図である。FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 2B-5. 合成された化合物2B-8のH-NMRスペクトル図である。FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 2B-8. 合成された化合物4A-8のH-NMRスペクトル図である。FIG. 6 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum diagram of synthesized compound 4A-8.
 下記一般式(1)の説明における水素原子は同位体(重水素原子等)も含み、また更に置換基を構成する原子は、その同位体も含んでいることを表す。
 本発明において、「置換基」というとき、その置換基は置換されていてもよい。例えば、本発明で「アルキル基」と言う時、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(例えばトリフルオロメチル基)やアリール基で置換されたアルキル基(例えばトリフェニルメチル基)なども含むが、「炭素数1~6のアルキル基」と言うとき、置換されたものも含めた全ての基として炭素数が1~6であることを示す。
The hydrogen atom in the description of the following general formula (1) includes isotopes (such as deuterium atoms), and further, the atoms constituting the substituents also include the isotopes.
In the present invention, when referred to as “substituent”, the substituent may be substituted. For example, the term “alkyl group” in the present invention includes an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom (for example, trifluoromethyl group) and an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (for example, triphenylmethyl group). When the term “alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” is used, it means that all groups including substituted ones have 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 本発明において、置換基群Aを以下のように定義する。
(置換基群A)
 アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~14であり、例えばフェニル、p-メチルフェニル、ナフチル、アントラニルなどが挙げられる。)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~10であり、例えばアミノ、メチルアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、ジベンジルアミノ、ジフェニルアミノ、ジトリルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメトキシ、エトキシ、ブトキシ、2-エチルヘキシロキシなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、2-ナフチルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルオキシ、ピラジルオキシ、ピリミジルオキシ、キノリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばアセチル、ベンゾイル、ホルミル、ピバロイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセトキシ、ベンゾイルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルホニルアミノ、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~12であり、例えばスルファモイル、メチルスルファモイル、ジメチルスルファモイル、フェニルスルファモイルなどが挙げられる。)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばカルバモイル、メチルカルバモイル、ジエチルカルバモイル、フェニルカルバモイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメチルチオ、エチルチオなどが挙げられる。)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルチオなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルチオ、2-ベンズイミゾリルチオ、2-ベンズオキサゾリルチオ、2-ベンズチアゾリルチオなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメシル、トシルなどが挙げられる。)、スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルフィニル、ベンゼンスルフィニルなどが挙げられる。)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばウレイド、メチルウレイド、フェニルウレイドなどが挙げられる。)、リン酸アミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばジエチルリン酸アミド、フェニルリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。)、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキサム酸基、スルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、ヘテロ環基(芳香族ヘテロ環基も包含し、好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子であり、具体的にはピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジル、ピリダジニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、イミダゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、キノリル、フリル、チエニル、セレノフェニル、テルロフェニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、モルホリノ、ピロリジル、ピロリジノ、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、カルバゾリル基、アゼピニル基、シロリル基などが挙げられる。)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリル、トリフェニルシリルなどが挙げられる。)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリルオキシ、トリフェニルシリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ホスホリル基(例えばジフェニルホスホリル基、ジメチルホスホリル基などが挙げられる。)が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。
In the present invention, the substituent group A is defined as follows.
(Substituent group A)
An alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), Alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl group (preferably carbon 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthranyl, etc.), an amino group (preferably having a carbon number) 0-30, more preferably 0-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0-10 carbon atoms, such as amino, methylamino, dimethylamino , Diethylamino, dibenzylamino, diphenylamino, ditolylamino, etc.), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, Methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy and the like), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms) For example, phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms). For example, pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc. ), An acyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl A group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenyloxycarbonyl), acyloxy group (preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably Has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acetoxy, benzoyl Examples include oxy. ), An acylamino group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as acetylamino and benzoylamino), alkoxycarbonylamino group (Preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having carbon number) 7-30, more preferably 7-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7-12 carbon atoms, such as phenyloxycarbonylamino, and the like, and sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1-30 carbon atoms, more preferably Has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. ), A sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl , Dimethylsulfamoyl, phenylsulfamoyl, etc.), a carbamoyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, carbamoyl , Methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, etc.), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, Ethylthio etc.), arylthio group (preferably Has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, and the like, and a heterocyclic thio group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more Preferably it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include pyridylthio, 2-benzimidazolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, 2-benzthiazolylthio and the like. A group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as mesyl, tosyl, etc.), a sulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfinyl, benzenesulfinyl and the like. It is. ), A ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group ( An aromatic heterocyclic group is also included, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Is, for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like. A silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl). A aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記発光層に燐光発光材料を少なくとも一種含み、かつ、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に後述の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する。
 一般式(1)で表される化合物が有機電界発光素子の耐熱性を向上させる理由はシアノ基の導入により、分子の永久双極子モーメントが増大することで、分子間相互作用が増大し、その結果、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が上昇して耐熱性が向上したと考えられる。耐久性が向上した理由は、シアノ基の導入により、電子親和力(Ea)が増大することで、電子注入性が改善され、発光層内のキャリアバランスが改善されたためと考えられる。
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes on the substrate, wherein the light emitting layer And at least one phosphorescent light-emitting material, and at least one of the at least one organic layer contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
The reason why the compound represented by the general formula (1) improves the heat resistance of the organic electroluminescent device is that the introduction of a cyano group increases the permanent dipole moment of the molecule, thereby increasing the intermolecular interaction. As a result, it is considered that the glass transition temperature (Tg) was increased and the heat resistance was improved. The reason why the durability is improved is considered that the electron affinity (Ea) is increased by the introduction of the cyano group, whereby the electron injecting property is improved and the carrier balance in the light emitting layer is improved.
〔一般式(1)で表される化合物〕
 以下、一般式(1)で表される化合物について説明する。
[Compound represented by the general formula (1)]
Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 (一般式(1)中、Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。R101~R107はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、R108は置換基を表す。aは0~4の整数を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。Laはn価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、一般式(1)中にシアノ基を少なくとも一つ有する。) (In the general formula (1), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 101 to R 107 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 108 represents a substituent, and a represents an integer of 0 to 4. N represents an integer greater than or equal to 1. La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent, provided that at least one cyano group is contained in the general formula (1). Have)
 Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。ファンデルファールス半径の大きい硫黄原子の方が、電荷移動度向上の観点から望ましい。
 R101~R107が表す置換基としては、それぞれ独立に前記置換基群A及びアルキル基を挙げることができ、該置換基は更に置換基を有してもよく、更なる置換基としては、前記置換基群A及びアルキル基から選択される基を挙げることができる。R108が表す置換基としては、それぞれ独立に前記置換基群Aを挙げることができ、該置換基は更に置換基を有してもよく、更なる置換基としては、前記置換基群A及びアルキル基から選択される基を挙げることができる。
X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. A sulfur atom having a large van der Faals radius is desirable from the viewpoint of improving charge mobility.
Examples of the substituent represented by R 101 to R 107 can include the above-mentioned substituent group A and an alkyl group independently, and the substituent may further have a substituent. The group selected from the said substituent group A and an alkyl group can be mentioned. Examples of the substituent represented by R 108 may include the above-mentioned substituent group A, each of which may further have a substituent. Examples of further substituents include the substituent group A and Mention may be made of groups selected from alkyl groups.
 R101~R107としては、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はアリール基が好ましい。 R 101 to R 107 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
 R101~R107が表すアルキル基は、直鎖、分岐鎖、又は環状のアルキル基であり、好ましくは炭素数1~18のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基である。R101~R107で表されるアルキル基は、特に好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、t-アミル基、s-イソアミル基、シクロペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、及びシクロヘキシル基のいずれかであり、最も好ましくはメチル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、及びt-ブチル基のいずれかである。
 R101~R107が表すアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニル基、p-メチルフェニル基、キシリル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、又はアントラニル基などが挙げられる。
The alkyl group represented by R 101 to R 107 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R 101 to R 107 is particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an i-butyl group, or an n-pentyl group. Group, neopentyl group, t-amyl group, s-isoamyl group, cyclopentyl group, n-hexyl group, and cyclohexyl group, and most preferably methyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, and t -One of the butyl groups.
The aryl group represented by R 101 to R 107 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, a phenyl group, a p-methylphenyl group, a xylyl group. Group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group, anthranyl group and the like.
 R101~R107としてより好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、t-ブチル基、シアノ基、又はフェニル基であり水素原子が更に好ましい。
 R101~R107が更なる置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前記置換基群Aを挙げることができ、シアノ基又は置換又は無置換のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基、又はビフェニル基)が好ましく、シアノ基、又はフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
R 101 to R 107 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyano group, or a phenyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
Examples of the substituent in the case where R 101 to R 107 have a further substituent include the substituent group A, and are a cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably a phenyl group or a biphenyl group). Are preferable, a cyano group or a phenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 R108としては、シアノ基又はアリール基が好ましい。 R 108 is preferably a cyano group or an aryl group.
 R108としてより好ましくは、シアノ基、又はフェニル基であり、シアノ基を表すことが好ましい。また、R108がシアノ基を表す場合、ジベンゾチオフェン構造又はジベンゾフラン構造に対してメタ位にシアノ基が結合することがより好ましい。 R 108 is more preferably a cyano group or a phenyl group, and preferably represents a cyano group. Further, when R 108 represents a cyano group, it is more preferable that the cyano group is bonded to the meta position with respect to the dibenzothiophene structure or the dibenzofuran structure.
 R108が更なる置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前記置換基群Aを挙げることができ、シアノ基又は置換若しくは無置換のアリール基(フェニル基、又はビフェニル基)が好ましく、シアノ基、又はフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。 As the substituent when R 108 has a further substituent, the substituent group A can be mentioned, and a cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (phenyl group or biphenyl group) is preferable, and a cyano group Or a phenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 aは0~4の整数を表し、好ましくは0~2の整数であり、より好ましくは0又は1である。 A represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
 nは1以上の整数を表し、1~3であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、一般式(1)中に複数存在するX、R101~R108、及びaはそれぞれ異なってもよい。
 Laはn価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、n価のベンゼン環が1~3個連結した基であることが好ましく、具体的には、下記の連結基群Laより選択されることが好ましい。中でもL2、L3、L4、L7、L9、L10のいずれかが好ましく、L2、L3、L7、L9がより好ましい。
 なお、下記L1~L12において、*はベンゼン環との結合手を表す。L1~L12は更に置換基を有してもよい。
n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of X, R 101 to R 108 , and a present in the general formula (1) may be different from each other.
La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably a group in which 1 to 3 n-valent benzene rings are linked, and specifically, is selected from the following linking group group La. . Among these, any of L2, L3, L4, L7, L9, and L10 is preferable, and L2, L3, L7, and L9 are more preferable.
In the following L1 to L12, * represents a bond with a benzene ring. L1 to L12 may further have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 Laは更に置換基を有していても良い。Laが更なる置換基を有する場合の置換基としては前記置換基群Aを挙げることができ、シアノ基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基(フェニル基、又はビフェニル基)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、カルバゾリル基、アクリジニル基などがより好ましい)、又はジアリールアミノ基(アリール基としてはフェニル基が好ましい。該アリール基はアリール基とうし又はLaと互いに結合して環を形成してもよい)が好ましく、シアノ基又は置換若しくは無置換のアリール基(フェニル基、又はビフェニル基)がより好ましく、シアノ基、又はフェニル基が更に好ましく、シアノ基が特に好ましい。該アリール基が置換基を有する場合の置換基はシアノ基、フェニル基であることが好ましい。 La may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent in the case where La has a further substituent include the substituent group A, and include a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (phenyl group or biphenyl group), a heterocyclic group (preferably A nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably a carbazolyl group, an acridinyl group, or the like, or a diarylamino group (the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group is bonded to an aryl group or La together. A cyano group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (phenyl group or biphenyl group) is more preferable, a cyano group or a phenyl group is further preferable, and a cyano group is particularly preferable. When the aryl group has a substituent, the substituent is preferably a cyano group or a phenyl group.
 本発明においては、電荷輸送性、耐久性及び耐熱性の観点から一般式(1)中に置換したシアノ基が少なくとも1個存在することが好ましく、より好ましくは1~3個、更に好ましくは1又は2個、特に好ましくは1個である。また、電荷輸送性・分子の化学的安定性の観点から、シアノ基は前記R108又はLaの置換基のみであることが好ましく、同様の観点からLaの置換基のみであることがより好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable that at least one substituted cyano group is present in the general formula (1) from the viewpoint of charge transportability, durability and heat resistance, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1. Or two, particularly preferably one. Further, from the viewpoint of charge transportability and chemical stability of the molecule, the cyano group is preferably only the substituent of R 108 or La, and more preferably only the substituent of La from the same viewpoint.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、ベンゼン環に置換したシアノ基を少なくとも1個有することが好ましい。ここで言うシアノ基はベンゼン環に置換していれば特に制限されず、前記R108であってもよく、R108がベンゼン環を表す場合の置換基であってもよい。また、Laの置換基がシアノ基であってもよく、Laの置換基がベンゼン環である場合のベンゼン環上にシアノ基を有していてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) preferably has at least one cyano group substituted on the benzene ring. The cyano group referred to here is not particularly limited as long as it is substituted on the benzene ring, and may be R 108 described above, or may be a substituent when R 108 represents a benzene ring. Moreover, the substituent of La may be a cyano group, and may have a cyano group on the benzene ring when the substituent of La is a benzene ring.
 また、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、一つのベンゼン環に置換するシアノ基の数が2個以下であることが好ましい。一つのベンゼン環に置換するシアノ基が2個以下であればそのベンゼン環の電子欠乏性の増加を抑制し、酸化剤として振舞うことを防ぐことができる。その結果、化合物の化学的安定性が著しく低下するのを防止することができる。従って、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、一つのベンゼン環に置換するシアノ基の数は2個以下が好ましく、0又は1個であることが化学的安定性の観点でより好ましい。 In the compound represented by the general formula (1), the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is preferably 2 or less. If the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is 2 or less, an increase in electron deficiency of the benzene ring can be suppressed and it can be prevented from acting as an oxidizing agent. As a result, it is possible to prevent the chemical stability of the compound from being significantly reduced. Accordingly, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), the number of cyano groups substituted on one benzene ring is preferably 2 or less, and more preferably 0 or 1 from the viewpoint of chemical stability.
 本発明において、一般式(1)で表される化合物中のベンゼン環の数(ジベンゾチオフェン環及びジベンゾフラン環のベンゼン環も含む)と、ベンゼン環に置換したシアノ基の数との和は8以上20以下であることが好ましい。ベンゼン環の数と、ベンゼン環に置換したシアノ基の数との和は、8以上17以下であることがより好ましく、8以上14以下であることが更に好ましい。ベンゼン環やシアノ基を化合物に導入することで、該化合物を素子に用いたときの素子の耐熱性が向上するが、ベンゼン環やシアノ基の個数が多すぎると昇華性、蒸着成膜適性、塗布成膜適性が低下する傾向がある。ベンゼン環の数と、ベンゼン環に置換したシアノ基の数との和を前述の範囲とすることで、耐熱性と昇華・成膜適性を両立することが可能となる。 In the present invention, the sum of the number of benzene rings in the compound represented by the general formula (1) (including benzene rings of dibenzothiophene ring and dibenzofuran ring) and the number of cyano groups substituted on the benzene ring is 8 or more. It is preferable that it is 20 or less. The sum of the number of benzene rings and the number of cyano groups substituted on the benzene ring is more preferably 8 or more and 17 or less, and still more preferably 8 or more and 14 or less. By introducing a benzene ring or a cyano group into the compound, the heat resistance of the device when the compound is used in the device is improved. However, if the number of benzene rings or cyano groups is too large, sublimation property, vapor deposition film forming property, There is a tendency that the suitability for coating film formation decreases. By making the sum of the number of benzene rings and the number of cyano groups substituted on the benzene ring within the above range, both heat resistance and suitability for sublimation / film formation can be achieved.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の分子量は通常400以上1500以下であり、450以上1200以下であることが好ましく、500以上1100以下であることがより好ましく、550以上1000以下であることが更に好ましい。分子量が450以上であると良質なアモルファス薄膜形成に有利であり、分子量が1200以下であると溶解性や昇華性が向上し、化合物の純度向上に有利である。 The molecular weight of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is usually 400 or more and 1500 or less, preferably 450 or more and 1200 or less, more preferably 500 or more and 1100 or less, and more preferably 550 or more and 1000 or less. Further preferred. When the molecular weight is 450 or more, it is advantageous for forming a high-quality amorphous thin film, and when the molecular weight is 1200 or less, the solubility and sublimation property are improved, which is advantageous for improving the purity of the compound.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物を有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料や発光層に隣接する層の電荷輸送材料として使用する場合、発光材料より薄膜状態でのエネルギーギャップ(発光材料が燐光発光材料の場合には、薄膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギー)が大きいと、発光がクエンチしてしまうことを防ぎ、効率向上に有利である。一方、化合物の化学的安定性の観点からは、エネルギーギャップ及びTエネルギーは大き過ぎない方が好ましい。 When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is used as the host material of the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device or the charge transport material of the layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, the energy gap (the light emitting material is less than the light emitting material). In the case of a phosphorescent material, when the lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the thin film state is large, the emission is prevented from quenching, which is advantageous for improving the efficiency. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical stability of the compound, it is preferable that the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、2.00eV(46kcal/mol)以上3.51eV(80kcal/mol)以下であることが好ましく、2.07eV(48kcal/mol)以上3.25eV(75kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、2.52eV(58kcal/mol)以上3.04eV(70kcal/mol)以下であることが更に好ましい。特に、発光材料として燐光発光材料を用いる場合には、Tエネルギーが上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The T 1 energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 2.00 eV (46 kcal / mol) or more and 3.51 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less, and 2.07 eV (48 kcal / mol). mol) to 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol), more preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) to 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol). In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
 Tエネルギーは、材料の薄膜の燐光発光スペクトルを測定し、その短波長端から求めることができる。例えば、洗浄した石英ガラス基板上に、材料を真空蒸着法により約50nmの膜厚に成膜し、薄膜の燐光発光スペクトルを液体窒素温度下でF-7000日立分光蛍光光度計(日立ハイテクノロジーズ)を用いて測定する。得られた発光スペクトルの短波長側の立ち上がり波長をエネルギー単位に換算することによりTエネルギーを求めることができる。 The T 1 energy can be obtained from the short wavelength end of a phosphorescence emission spectrum of a thin film of material. For example, a material is deposited on a cleaned quartz glass substrate to a thickness of about 50 nm by vacuum deposition, and the phosphorescence emission spectrum of the thin film is measured at F-7000 Hitachi Spectrofluorimeter (Hitachi High Technologies) under liquid nitrogen temperature. Use to measure. The T 1 energy can be obtained by converting the rising wavelength on the short wavelength side of the obtained emission spectrum into energy units.
 有機電界発光素子を高温駆動時や素子駆動中の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、一般式(1)で表される化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は100℃以上400℃以下であることが好ましく、120℃以上400℃以下であることがより好ましく、140℃以上400℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is 100 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescent device against heat generated during high temperature driving or driving the device. Preferably, the temperature is 120 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 140 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の純度が低いと、不純物が電荷輸送のトラップとして働いたり、素子の劣化を促進させたりするため、一般式(1)で表される化合物の純度は高いほど好ましい。純度は例えば高速液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)により測定でき、254nmの光吸収強度で検出したときの一般式(1)で表される化合物の面積比は、好ましくは95.0%以上であり、より好ましくは97.0%以上であり、特に好ましくは99.0%以上であり、最も好ましくは99.9%以上である。 When the purity of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is low, impurities work as charge transport traps or promote the deterioration of the device. Therefore, the purity of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is high. The more preferable. The purity can be measured by, for example, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and the area ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) when detected with a light absorption intensity of 254 nm is preferably 95.0% or more, and more It is preferably 97.0% or more, particularly preferably 99.0% or more, and most preferably 99.9% or more.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に列挙するが、本発明がこれらに限定されることはない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、対応するボロン酸又はボロン酸エステル又はボロン酸エステル塩などと対応するハロゲン化合物又はトリフレート化合物との間で、金属触媒(例えばPdやNiなど)と配位子(トリフェニルホスフィンやBuchwaldの配位子など)を用いたカップリング反応(例えば鈴木-宮浦カップリング)により合成することができる。例えば前述の特許文献1,3に記載の方法により、合成できる。 The compound exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (1) includes a metal catalyst (for example, Pd) between a corresponding boronic acid or boronic ester or boronic ester salt and a corresponding halogen compound or triflate compound. And Ni) and a ligand (triphenylphosphine, Buchwald ligand, etc.) and the like (for example, Suzuki-Miyaura coupling). For example, it can be synthesized by the methods described in Patent Documents 1 and 3 described above.
 本発明において、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に含有されてもよい。一般式(1)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、発光層と陰極との間の層、発光層と陽極との間の層のいずれかに含有されるのが好ましく、発光層、発光層と陰極との間にあり発光層に隣接する有機層、又は発光層と陰極との間にあり陰極に隣接する有機層(好ましくは電子輸送層)のいずれかに含有されるのがより好ましく、発光層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、正孔ブロック層、電子ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有されるのがより好ましく、発光層、電子輸送層、正孔ブロック層のいずれかに含有されることが更に好ましく、発光層、又は電子輸送層に含有されることが特に好ましい。
 また、一般式(1)で表される化合物は上記の複数の層で用いても良い。例えば、発光層と電子輸送層の両方に用いても良い。発光層にホスト材料として用いた場合、素子の耐久性を向上させることができ、電子輸送層に用いた場合は素子の効率を向上させ、また、駆動電圧を抑制することができるため好ましい。
 一般式(1)で表される化合物を発光層中に含有させる場合、本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物は発光層の全質量に対して0.1~99質量%含ませることが好ましく、1~97質量%含ませることがより好ましく、10~96質量%含ませることが更に好ましい。一般式(1)で表される化合物を発光層以外の層に更に含有させる場合は、該発光層以外の層の全質量に対して70~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、85~100質量%含まれることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is not limited in its use and may be contained in any layer in the organic layer. The introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in any one of the light emitting layer, the layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the layer between the light emitting layer and the anode. Layer, between the light-emitting layer and the cathode and adjacent to the light-emitting layer, or between the light-emitting layer and the cathode and adjacent to the cathode (preferably an electron transport layer). More preferably, the light emitting layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, the exciton block layer, the hole block layer, the electron block layer, or more preferably contained in the light emitting layer, the electron transport layer, More preferably, it is contained in any of the hole blocking layers, and particularly preferably contained in the light emitting layer or the electron transporting layer.
Moreover, you may use the compound represented by General formula (1) in said several layer. For example, you may use for both a light emitting layer and an electron carrying layer. When used as a host material for the light emitting layer, the durability of the device can be improved, and when used for the electron transport layer, the device efficiency can be improved and the driving voltage can be suppressed, which is preferable.
When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is contained in the light emitting layer, the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention is included in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer. The content is preferably 1 to 97% by mass, more preferably 10 to 96% by mass. When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, and 85 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer other than the light emitting layer. % Is more preferable.
〔一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料〕
 本発明は、上記一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料にも関する。
 本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物及び電荷輸送材料は、電子写真、有機トランジスタ、有機光電変換素子(エネルギー変換用途、センサー用途等)、有機電界発光素子等の有機エレクトロニクス素子に好ましく用いることができ、有機電界発光素子に用いるのが特に好ましい。
[Charge Transport Material Represented by General Formula (1)]
The present invention also relates to a charge transport material represented by the general formula (1).
The compound represented by the general formula (1) and the charge transport material of the present invention are preferably used for organic electronic elements such as electrophotography, organic transistors, organic photoelectric conversion elements (energy conversion applications, sensor applications, etc.), and organic electroluminescence elements. It can be used and is particularly preferably used for an organic electroluminescent device.
〔本発明の電荷輸送材料を含有する組成物〕
 本発明は前記電荷輸送材料を含む組成物にも関する。本発明の組成物において、一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対して30~99質量%であることが好ましく、50~97質量%であることがより好ましく、70~96質量%であることが更に好ましい。本発明の組成物における他に含有しても良い成分としては、有機物でも無機物でもよく、有機物としては、後述するホスト材料、蛍光発光材料、燐光発光材料、炭化水素材料として挙げた材料が適用でき、好ましくはホスト材料、燐光発光材料、炭化水素材料である。
 本発明の組成物は蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法等の湿式製膜法により有機電界発光素子の有機層を形成することができる。
[Composition containing the charge transport material of the present invention]
The present invention also relates to a composition comprising the charge transport material. In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, and 50 to 97% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition. More preferred is 70 to 96% by mass. Other components that may be contained in the composition of the present invention may be organic or inorganic, and as organic materials, materials described as host materials, fluorescent light emitting materials, phosphorescent light emitting materials, and hydrocarbon materials described later can be applied. A host material, a phosphorescent material, and a hydrocarbon material are preferable.
The composition of the present invention can form an organic layer of an organic electroluminescence device by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method.
〔本発明の電荷輸送材料を含有する薄膜〕
 本発明は一般式(1)で表される電荷輸送材料を含有する薄膜にも関する。本発明の薄膜は、本発明の組成物を用いて蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法等の湿式製膜法により形成することができる。薄膜の膜厚は用途によっていかなる厚みでもよいが、好ましくは0.1nm~1mmであり、より好ましくは0.5nm~1μmであり、更に好ましくは1nm~200nmであり、特に好ましくは1nm~100nmである。
[Thin Film Containing Charge Transport Material of the Present Invention]
The present invention also relates to a thin film containing the charge transport material represented by the general formula (1). The thin film of the present invention can be formed by using the composition of the present invention by a dry film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method, or a wet film forming method such as a transfer method or a printing method. The thickness of the thin film may be any thickness depending on the application, but is preferably 0.1 nm to 1 mm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 1 μm, still more preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, and particularly preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. is there.
〔有機電界発光素子〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子について詳細に説明する。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、前記発光層に燐光発光材料を少なくとも一種含み、かつ、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含む。発光素子の性質上、一対の電極である陽極及び陰極のうち少なくとも一方の電極は、透明若しくは半透明であることが好ましい。
 有機層としては、発光層以外に、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、ブロック層(正孔ブロック層、励起子ブロック層など)、電子輸送層などが挙げられる。これらの有機層は、それぞれ複数層設けてもよく、複数層設ける場合には同一の材料で形成してもよいし、層毎に異なる材料で形成してもよい。
 図1に、本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示す。図1の有機電界発光素子10は、基板2上に、一対の電極(陽極3と陰極9)の間に発光層6を含む有機層を有する。有機層としては、陽極3側から正孔注入層4、正孔輸送層5、発光層6、正孔ブロック層7及び電子輸送層8がこの順に積層されている。
[Organic electroluminescence device]
The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention will be described in detail.
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is an organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes comprising an anode and a cathode and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes on the substrate, wherein the light emitting layer And at least one of the phosphor layers, and at least one of the at least one organic layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention. In view of the properties of the light-emitting element, at least one of the pair of electrodes, the anode and the cathode, is preferably transparent or translucent.
Examples of the organic layer include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a block layer (such as a hole block layer and an exciton block layer), and an electron transport layer in addition to the light emitting layer. A plurality of these organic layers may be provided, and when a plurality of layers are provided, they may be formed of the same material, or may be formed of different materials for each layer.
In FIG. 1, an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention is shown. The organic electroluminescent element 10 of FIG. 1 has an organic layer including a light emitting layer 6 between a pair of electrodes (anode 3 and cathode 9) on a substrate 2. As the organic layer, a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7, and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order from the anode 3 side.
<有機層の構成>
 前記有機層の層構成としては、特に制限はなく、有機電界発光素子の用途、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、前記透明電極上に又は前記半透明電極上に形成されるのが好ましい。この場合、有機層は、前記透明電極又は前記半透明電極上の前面又は一面に形成される。
 有機層の形状、大きさ、及び厚み等については、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。
<Structure of organic layer>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a layer structure of the said organic layer, Although it can select suitably according to the use and objective of an organic electroluminescent element, It is formed on the said transparent electrode or the said semi-transparent electrode. preferable. In this case, the organic layer is formed on the front surface or one surface of the transparent electrode or the semitransparent electrode.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular about the shape of a organic layer, a magnitude | size, thickness, etc., According to the objective, it can select suitably.
 具体的な層構成として、下記が挙げられるが本発明はこれらの構成に限定されるものではない。
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/ブロック層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 有機電界発光素子の素子構成、基板、陰極及び陽極については、例えば、特開2008-270736号公報に詳述されており、該公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
Specific examples of the layer configuration include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these configurations.
Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / block layer / electron Transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode ・ Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode ・ Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport Layer / electron injection layer / cathode • anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode • anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / block layer / Light emitting layer / Block layer / Electron transport layer / Electron injection layer / Cathode The element configuration of the organic electroluminescence device, the substrate, the cathode and the anode are described in detail in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736. The matters described in (1) can be applied to the present invention.
<基板>
 本発明で使用する基板としては、有機層から発せられる光を散乱又は減衰させない基板であることが好ましい。有機材料の場合には、耐熱性、寸法安定性、耐溶剤性、電気絶縁性、及び加工性に優れていることが好ましい。
<陽極>
 陽極は、通常、有機層に正孔を供給する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。前述のごとく、陽極は、通常透明陽極として設けられる。
<陰極>
 陰極は、通常、有機層に電子を注入する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。
<Board>
The substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer. In the case of an organic material, it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
<Anode>
The anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials. As described above, the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
<Cathode>
The cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element. The electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
<有機層>
 本発明における有機層について説明する。
<Organic layer>
The organic layer in the present invention will be described.
(有機層の形成)
 本発明の有機電界発光素子において、各有機層は、蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式製膜法、転写法、印刷法、スピンコート法、バーコート法等の溶液塗布法のいずれによっても好適に形成することができる。
(Formation of organic layer)
In the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, each organic layer is preferably formed by any of dry film forming methods such as vapor deposition and sputtering, and solution coating methods such as transfer, printing, spin coating, and bar coating. Can be formed.
(発光層)
 発光層は、電界印加時に、陽極、正孔注入層又は正孔輸送層から正孔を受け取り、陰極、電子注入層又は電子輸送層から電子を受け取り、正孔と電子の再結合の場を提供して発光させる機能を有する層である。本発明の有機電界発光素子における発光層は、少なくとも一種の燐光発光材料を含有する。
(Light emitting layer)
The light emitting layer receives holes from the anode, hole injection layer or hole transport layer and receives electrons from the cathode, electron injection layer or electron transport layer when an electric field is applied, and provides a field for recombination of holes and electrons. And a layer having a function of emitting light. The light emitting layer in the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains at least one phosphorescent material.
(発光材料)
 本発明では、発光層に含有される少なくとも一種の燐光発光材料に加えて、発光材料として、蛍光発光材料や、発光層に含有される燐光発光材料とは異なる燐光発光材料を用いることができる。
 これら蛍光発光材料や燐光発光材料については、例えば、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号[0100]~[0164]、特開2007-266458号公報の段落番号[0088]~[0090]に詳述されており、これら公報の記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Luminescent material)
In the present invention, in addition to at least one phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer, a fluorescent light-emitting material or a phosphorescent light-emitting material different from the phosphorescent light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer can be used as the light-emitting material.
Details of these fluorescent materials and phosphorescent materials are described in, for example, paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
 本発明に使用できる燐光発光材料としては、例えば、US6303238B1、US6097147、WO00/57676、WO00/70655、WO01/08230、WO01/39234A2、WO01/41512A1、WO02/02714A2、WO02/15645A1、WO02/44189A1、WO05/19373A2、特開2001-247859、特開2002-302671、特開2002-117978、特開2003-133074、特開2002-235076、特開2003-123982、特開2002-170684、EP1211257、特開2002-226495、特開2002-234894、特開2001-247859、特開2001-298470、特開2002-173674、特開2002-203678、特開2002-203679、特開2004-357791、特開2006-256999、特開2007-19462、特開2007-84635、特開2007-96259等の特許文献に記載の燐光発光化合物などが挙げられ、中でも、更に好ましい発光材料としては、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、Cu錯体、Re錯体、W錯体、Rh錯体、Ru錯体、Pd錯体、Os錯体、Eu錯体、Tb錯体、Gd錯体、Dy錯体、及びCe錯体等の燐光発光性金属錯体化合物が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体であり、中でも金属-炭素結合、金属-窒素結合、金属-酸素結合、金属-硫黄結合の少なくとも一つの配位様式を含むIr錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体が好ましい。更に、発光効率、駆動耐久性、色度等の観点で、Ir錯体、Pt錯体が特に好ましく、Ir錯体が最も好ましい。
 これら燐光発光性金属錯体化合物は、発光層において、前記一般式(1)で表される化合物と共に含有されるのが好ましい。
Examples of phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123684, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No. 2002 -226495, JP 2002-234894, JP 2001-247859, JP 2001-298470, JP 2002-17367 , JP-A-2002-203678, JP-A-2002-203679, JP-A-2004-357799, JP-A-2006-256999, JP-A-2007-19462, JP-A-2007-84635, JP-A-2007-96259, etc. Examples of such a light emitting material include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, Tb complex, Gd. Examples include phosphorescent metal complex compounds such as complexes, Dy complexes, and Ce complexes. Particularly preferred is an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex, among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
These phosphorescent metal complex compounds are preferably contained in the light emitting layer together with the compound represented by the general formula (1).
 本発明における発光層に含有される燐光発光材料としては、以下に示す一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体を用いることが好ましい。 As the phosphorescent material contained in the light emitting layer in the present invention, it is preferable to use an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1).
 一般式(E-1)について説明する。 The general formula (E-1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
 BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE1は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 nE1は1~3の整数を表し、好ましくは2又は3である。
 Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z及びZとして好ましくは炭素原子である。
n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably carbon atoms.
 AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。A、Z及び窒素原子を含む5又は6員のヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環などが挙げられる。
 錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点から、A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環として好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラジン環であり、更に好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環であり、最も好ましくはピリジン環である。
A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom. The 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom includes a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole Ring, thiadiazole ring and the like.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control, and emission quantum yield, the 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, or a pyrazole. A ring, more preferably a pyridine ring, an imidazole ring and a pyrazine ring, still more preferably a pyridine ring and an imidazole ring, and most preferably a pyridine ring.
 前記A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前記置換基群Aが適用できる。置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、短波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、フッ素原子、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また長波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばシアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択されることが好ましい。分子間相互作用を調整する目的ではアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基などが選択されることが好ましい。 The 5- or 6-membered heterocycle formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A can be applied as a substituent. The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable. For example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected. In the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group or a perfluoroalkyl group is preferably selected. For the purpose of adjusting the intermolecular interaction, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or the like is preferably selected.
 炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。 Preferred examples of the substituent on carbon include an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, and a fluorine atom.
 窒素上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。
 前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。これら形成される環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述の炭素原子上の置換基、窒素原子上の置換基が挙げられる。
The substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
 BはZと炭素原子を含む5又は6員環を表す。B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。
 錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点からB、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環として好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環である。
B 1 represents a 5- or 6-membered ring containing Z 2 and a carbon atom. Examples of the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, Examples include a triazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the benzene ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole is preferable as the 5- or 6-membered ring formed by B 1 , Z 2 and carbon atom. A ring and a thiophene ring, more preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferably a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
 前記B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。 The 5- or 6-membered ring formed of B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a nitrogen atom as the substituent on the carbon atom. As the above, the substituent group B can be applied. Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
 置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、長波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また短波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばフッ素原子、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。分子間相互作用を調整する目的ではアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基などが選択されることが好ましい。 The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected. In order to shorten the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected. For the purpose of adjusting the intermolecular interaction, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or the like is preferably selected.
 窒素上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。これら形成される環は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前述の炭素原子上の置換基、窒素原子上の置換基が挙げられる。
 また前記A、Z及び窒素原子で形成される5又は6員のヘテロ環の置換基と、前記B、Z及び炭素原子で形成される5又は6員環の置換基とが連結して、前述と同様の縮合環を形成していてもよい。
The substituent on nitrogen is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like. These formed rings may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the substituent on the carbon atom and the substituent on the nitrogen atom.
In addition, a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic substituent formed by A 1 , Z 1 and a nitrogen atom and a 5- or 6-membered substituent formed by B 1 , Z 2 and a carbon atom are linked. Then, the same condensed ring as described above may be formed.
 (X-Y)は、二座のモノアニオン性配位子を示す。二座のモノアニオン性配位子の例としては、Lamanskyらの国際公開第02/15645号の89~90頁に記載されている。 (XY) represents a bidentate monoanionic ligand. Examples of bidentate monoanionic ligands are described on pages 89-90 of Lamansky et al., WO 02/15645.
 (X-Y)で表される配位子としては、従来公知の金属錯体に用いられる種々の公知の配位子があるが、例えば、「Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds」Springer-Verlag社 H.Yersin著 1987年発行、「有機金属化学-基礎と応用-」裳華房社 山本明夫著 1982年発行等に記載の配位子(例えば、ハロゲン配位子(好ましくは塩素配位子)、含窒素ヘテロアリール配位子(例えば、ビピリジル、フェナントロリンなど)、ジケトン配位子(例えば、アセチルアセトンなど)が挙げられる。(X-Y)で表される配位子として好ましくは、ジケトン類あるいはピコリン酸誘導体であり、錯体の安定性と高い発光効率が得られる観点から以下に示されるアセチルアセトネート(acac)であることが最も好ましい。 As the ligand represented by (XY), there are various known ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes. For example, “Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” Springer-Verlag H. Included in ligands (eg, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), etc., published in 1987, published by Yersin, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-” Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands (for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.), diketone ligands (for example, acetylacetone, etc.) The ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid. The derivative is most preferably acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 *はイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。
 (X-Y)で表される配位子としては下記一般式(l-1)~(l-14)が好ましいが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
* Represents a coordination position to iridium.
The ligands represented by (XY) are preferably the following general formulas (l-1) to (1-14), but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 *は一般式(E-1)におけるイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。Rx、Ry及びRzはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。 * Represents the coordination position to iridium in the general formula (E-1). Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Rx、Ry及びRzが置換基を表す場合、該置換基としては前記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。好ましくは、Rx、Rzはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子、フェニル基である。Ryは好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくは水素原子、メチル基のいずれかである。これら配位子は素子中で電荷を輸送したり励起によって電子が集中する部位ではないと考えられるため、Rx、Ry、Rzは化学的に安定な置換基であれば良く、本発明の効果にも影響を及ぼさない。 When Rx, Ry, and Rz represent a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A. Preferably, Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred. Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are not considered to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect.
 また、配位子として一般式(I-15)に示すモノアニオン性配位子を用いる事も好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a monoanionic ligand represented by the general formula (I-15) as the ligand.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(I-15)におけるRI1~RI4は置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を表し、BはCR又は窒素原子を表す。Rは置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基を表す。RI5~RI7は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Aを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。*は一般式(E-1)におけるイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。
 RI1、RI5、RI6、RI7は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RI1~RI7の好ましい範囲は、後述の一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7の好ましい範囲と同様である。Bとして好ましくはCRであり、Rとして好ましくはアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基(例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等)であり、特に好ましくはフェニル基である。
In formula (I-15), R I1 to R I4 represent a substituent selected from the substituent group A, and B represents CR or a nitrogen atom. R represents a substituent selected from the substituent group A. R I5 to R I7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, It represents —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent A. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. * Represents a coordination position to iridium in the general formula (E-1).
Any one of R I1 , R I5 , R I6 , and R I7 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl And the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
The preferred range of R I1 to R I7 is the same as the preferred range of R T1 to R T7 in formula (E-3) described later. B is preferably CR, R is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.). A phenyl group is preferred.
 (X-Y)としてより好ましくは(I-1)、(I-4)、(I-15)であり、特に好ましくは(I-1)、(I-15)である。これらの配位子を有する錯体は、対応する配位子前駆体を用いることで公知の合成例と同様に合成できる。例えば国際公開2009-073245号46ページに記載の方法と同様に、市販のジフルオロアセチルアセトンを用いて以下に示す方法で合成する事ができる。 (XY) is more preferably (I-1), (I-4), (I-15), particularly preferably (I-1), (I-15). Complexes having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors. For example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
 (X-Y)で表される二座のモノアニオン性配位子として好ましくは、下記一般式(L-1)表される二座のモノアニオン配位子である。 The bidentate monoanionic ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a bidentate monoanionic ligand represented by the following general formula (L-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(L-1)中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RL3は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
In General Formula (L-1), R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
 RL1~RL3で表されるアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、上記置換基Z’が挙げられ、好ましい置換基Z’としては、フェニル基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基であり、フェニル基、フッ素原子、シアノ基がより好ましい。RL1~RL3で表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基である。 The alkyl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated. Examples of the substituent in the case of having a substituent include the above-described substituent Z ′, and preferred substituent Z ′ includes a phenyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or these. And a phenyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are more preferable. The alkyl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 RL1~RL3で表されるアリール基は縮環していてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Z’が挙げられ、置換基Z’としては、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。RL1~RL3で表されるアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基である。 The aryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may be condensed or may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the above-described substituent Z ′, and the substituent Z ′ is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. The aryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
 RL1~RL3で表されるヘテロアリール基は、縮環していてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Z’が挙げられ、置換基Z’としては、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。RL1~RL3で表されるヘテロアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数4~12のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数4~10のヘテロアリール基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 may be condensed or may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the above-described substituent Z ′, and the substituent Z ′ is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. The heteroaryl group represented by R L1 to R L3 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
 RL1及びRL2として好ましくは、アルキル基又はアリール基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基又はフェニル基であり、特に好ましくはアルキル基である。
 RL1及びRL2で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、iso-プロピル基、iso-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、iso-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
R L1 and R L2 are preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group.
The alkyl group represented by R L1 and R L2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group N-propyl group, iso-propyl group, iso-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and methyl group, ethyl group, iso-butyl group, or t-butyl group A methyl group is preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
 RL3として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子又はアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。 R L3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(E-1)で表されるIr錯体の好ましい態様は、一般式(E-2)で表されるIr錯体材料である。
 次に一般式(E-2)について説明する。
A preferred embodiment of the Ir complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is an Ir complex material represented by the general formula (E-2).
Next, general formula (E-2) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 一般式(E-2)中、AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
 nE2は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-2), A E1 to A E8 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環としては、前述の一般式(E-1)において述べた縮合環と同様のものが挙げられる。Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。
 AE1~AE4として好ましくはC-Rであり、AE1~AE4がC-Rである場合に、AE3のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はフッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子、又はフッ素原子であり、AE1、AE2及びAE4のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はフッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子である。
A E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E. R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R E may be connected to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include the same ring as the condensed ring described in the general formula (E-1). Examples of the substituent represented by R E, we are the same as those mentioned above substituent group A.
Preferred as A E1 ~ A E4 is C-R E, if A E1 ~ A E4 is C-R E, preferably a hydrogen atom R E of A E3, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, An alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. And R E of A E1 , A E2 and A E4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a fluorine atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 AE5~AE8として好ましくはC-Rであり、AE5~AE8がC-Rである場合に、Rとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルキルオキシ基、シアノ基、又はフッ素原子であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基、又はフッ素原子であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はフッ素原子である。また可能な場合は置換基同士が連結して縮環構造を形成してもよい。発光波長を短波長側にシフトさせる場合、AE6が窒素原子であることが好ましい。
 (X-Y)、及びnE2は一般式(E-1)における(X-Y)、及びnE1と同義であり好ましい範囲も同様である。
A E5 to A E8 are preferably C—R E , and when A E5 to A E8 are C—R E , R E is preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, aromatic A heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkyloxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, a dialkylamino group, a cyano group, Or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a fluorine atom. If possible, the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure. When the emission wavelength is shifted to the short wavelength side, A E6 is preferably a nitrogen atom.
(X-Y), and n E2 of the general formula in (E1) (X-Y) , and has the same meaning as n E1 preferable ranges are also the same.
 前記一般式(E-2)で表される化合物のより好ましい形態は、下記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物である。 A more preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(E-3)中、RT1、RT2、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6及びRT7は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 AはCR’又は窒素原子を表し、R’は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。これらのうち、RT1とRT7、又はRT5とRT6で縮環してベンゼン環を形成する場合が好ましく、RT5とRT6で縮環してベンゼン環を形成する場合が特に好ましい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、モノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。nE3は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-3), R T1 , R T2 , R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 and R T7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further a substituent Z may be included. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
A represents CR ′ or a nitrogen atom, and R ′ represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O ) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any one of R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z; Good. Among these, a case where a ring is condensed with R T1 and R T7 , or R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is preferable, and a case where a ring is condensed with R T5 and R T6 to form a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand. n E3 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 アルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるシクロアルキル基として、好ましくは環員数4~7のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数5~6のシクロアルキル基であり、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルケニル基としては好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、1-イソプロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアルキニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばエチニル、プロパルギル、1-プロピニル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The alkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as methyl Group, ethyl group, i-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The cycloalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, A cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned.
The alkenyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, vinyl, allyl, Examples include 1-propenyl, 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
The alkynyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, ethynyl, propargyl , 1-propynyl, 3-pentynyl and the like.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるペルフルオロアルキル基は、前述のアルキル基の全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置き換えられたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ include those in which all the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, or a naphthyl group.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5~8のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロアリール基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、フリル基、ベンゾフリル基、チエニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基、ピペラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、チアゾリニル基、スルホラニル基、カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフリル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、7ピリドインドリル基などが挙げられる。好ましい例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、イミダゾリル基、チエニル基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R T1 to R T7 and R ′ is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group. Groups such as pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furyl, benzofuryl , Thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzisothiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group , Lens benzisoxazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a thiazolinyl group, a sulfolanyl group, a carbazolyl group, a dibenzofuryl group, dibenzothienyl group, such as 7 pyrido-indolyl group. Preferred examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, imidazolyl group, and thienyl group, and more preferred are pyridyl group and pyrimidinyl group.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、フルオロ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロ基、アリール基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フルオロ基、シアノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 R T1 to R T7 and R ′ are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoro group, and an aryl group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, and an aryl group are more preferable. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
 RT1~RT7、及びR’は任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。形成される縮合4~7員環としては、シクロアルカン、芳香族炭化水素、芳香族ヘテロ環が好ましく、これらの定義及び好ましい範囲は前記RT1~RT7、及びR’において記載したシクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基に水素原子を1つ付与したシクロアルカン、芳香族炭化水素、芳香族ヘテロ環が挙げられる。
 またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT1~RT7、及びR’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で、残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT1~RT7、及びR’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で、残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましい。
Any two of R T1 to R T7 and R ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z; . The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring formed is preferably a cycloalkane, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or an aromatic heterocycle, and the definitions and preferred ranges thereof are the cycloalkyl groups described in the above R T1 to R T7 and R ′. And cycloalkanes having one hydrogen atom attached to an aryl group or heteroaryl group, aromatic hydrocarbons, and aromatic heterocycles.
Further, it is particularly preferable that A represents CR ′, and among R T1 to R T7 and R ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T1 to R T7 , And R ′ are particularly preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 nE3は2又は3であることが好ましい。錯体中の配位子の種類は1~2種類から構成されることが好ましく、更に好ましくは1種類である。錯体分子内に反応性基を導入する際には合成容易性という観点から配位子が2種類からなることも好ましい。
 (X-Y)は、一般式(E-1)における(X-Y)と同義であり好ましい範囲も同様である。
n E3 is preferably 2 or 3. The type of ligand in the complex is preferably composed of 1 to 2 types, more preferably 1 type. When introducing a reactive group into the complex molecule, it is also preferred that the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
(XY) has the same meaning as (XY) in formula (E-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 前記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物の好ましい形態の一つは、下記一般式(E-4)で表される化合物である。 One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(E-4)におけるRT1~RT4、A、(X-Y)及びnE4は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT4、A、(X-Y)及びnE3と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R’~R’はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R’~R’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 また、R’~R’における好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’と同様である。またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT1~RT4、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT1~RT4、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E4 in the general formula (E-4) are R T1 to R T4 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3). The preferred range is also the same. R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R. , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any two of R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
Further, preferred ranges for R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3). Particularly preferably, A represents CR ′, and 0 to 2 of R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. , R T1 to R T4 , R ′, and R 1 ′ to R 5 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 前記一般式(E-3)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(E-5)で表される化合物である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (E-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(E-5)におけるRT2~RT6、A、(X-Y)及びnE5は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT2~RT6、A、(X-Y)及びnE3と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R’~R’はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RT5、RT6、R’~R’は、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 また、R’~R’における好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’と同様である。またAがCR’を表すと共に、RT2~RT6、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT2~RT6、R’、及びR’~R’のうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E5 in the general formula (E-5) are R T2 to R T6 , A, (XY) and n E3 in the general formula (E-3). The preferred range is also the same. R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R , —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and optionally having a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
R T5 , R T6 , and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent Z. You may do it.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
In addition, preferred ranges for R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are the same as R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in formula (E-3). Particularly preferably, A represents CR ′, and among R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′, 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups, and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. , R T2 to R T6 , R ′, and R 6 ′ to R 8 ′ are more preferably a case where 0 to 2 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(E-6)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(E-6)中、R1a~R1kは、それぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 R1a~R1kは、任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。これらのうち、R1jとR1kとが連結し単結合を形成する場合が特に好ましい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、モノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。nE6は1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (E-6), R 1a to R 1k each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, —CN, a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, which may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
Any two of R 1a to R 1k may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. Of these, the case where R 1j and R 1k are linked to form a single bond is particularly preferred.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
(XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand. n E6 represents an integer of 1 to 3.
 一般式(E-6)において、R1a~R1kの好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)におけるRT1~RT7、R’におけるものと同様である。またR1a~R1kのうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、R1a~R1kのうち、0~2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。
 (X-Y)、及びnE6の好ましい範囲は、一般式(E-3)における(X-Y)、及びnE3と同様である。
In the general formula (E-6), preferred ranges of R 1a to R 1k are the same as those in R T1 to R T7 and R ′ in the general formula (E-3). Further, it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1k are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. More preferably, it is an atom.
The preferred range of (XY) and n E6 is the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
 一般式(E-6)で表される化合物のより好ましい形態は、下記一般式(E-7)で表される場合である。 A more preferable form of the compound represented by the general formula (E-6) is a case represented by the following general formula (E-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(E-7)中、R1a~R1iの定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(E-6)におけるR1a~R1iと同様である。またR1a~R1iのうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はアリール基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましい。(X-Y)、及びnE7の定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(E-3)における(X-Y)、及びnE3と同様である。 In the formula (E-7), definition and preferable ranges of R 1a ~ R 1i are the same as R 1a ~ R 1i in the formula (E-6). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. The definitions and preferred ranges of (XY) and n E7 are the same as (XY) and n E3 in general formula (E-3).
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に列挙するが、以下に限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 上記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、特開2009-99783号公報に記載の方法や、米国特許7279232号等に記載の種々の方法で合成できる。合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。 The compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A, various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232 and the like. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は、発光層に含有されるが、その用途が限定されることはなく、更に有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer.
 発光層中の一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は、は、発光層中に一般的に発光層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%含有されるが、耐久性、外部量子効率の観点から1質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、2質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) in the light emitting layer is contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound generally forming the light emitting layer in the light emitting layer. However, from the viewpoint of durability and external quantum efficiency, the content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
 発光層の厚さは、特に限定されるものではないが、通常、2nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、中でも、外部量子効率の観点で、3nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、5nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
 本発明の素子における発光層は、発光材料のみで構成されていてもよく、ホスト材料と発光材料の混合層とした構成でもよい。発光材料の種類は一種であっても二種以上であっても良い。ホスト材料は電荷輸送材料であることが好ましい。ホスト材料は一種であっても二種以上であってもよく、例えば、電子輸送性のホスト材料とホール輸送性のホスト材料を混合した構成が挙げられる。更に、発光層中に電荷輸送性を有さず、発光しない材料を含んでいてもよい。
 また、発光層は一層であっても二層以上の多層であってもよく、それぞれの層に同じ発光材料やホスト材料を含んでもよいし、層毎に異なる材料を含んでもよい。発光層が複数の場合、それぞれの発光層が異なる発光色で発光してもよい。
The light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may be composed of only a light emitting material, or may be a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material. The kind of the light emitting material may be one kind or two or more kinds. The host material is preferably a charge transport material. The host material may be one kind or two or more kinds, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed. Furthermore, the light emitting layer may contain a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
Further, the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers, and each layer may contain the same light emitting material or host material, or each layer may contain a different material. When there are a plurality of light emitting layers, each of the light emitting layers may emit light with different emission colors.
(ホスト材料)
 ホスト材料とは、発光層において主に電荷の注入、輸送を担う化合物であり、また、それ自体は実質的に発光しない化合物のことである。ここで「実質的に発光しない」とは、該実質的に発光しない化合物からの発光量が好ましくは素子全体での全発光量の5%以下であり、より好ましくは3%以下であり、更に好ましくは1%以下であることを言う。
 ホスト材料としては、本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物を用いることができる。
(Host material)
The host material is a compound mainly responsible for charge injection and transport in the light emitting layer, and itself is a compound that does not substantially emit light. Here, “substantially does not emit light” means that the amount of light emitted from the compound that does not substantially emit light is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less of the total amount of light emitted from the entire device. Preferably it says 1% or less.
As the host material, a compound represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention can be used.
 その他の本発明に用いることのできるホスト材料としては、例えば、以下の構造を部分構造に持つ化合物を挙げることができる。
 芳香族炭化水素、ピロール、インドール、カルバゾール、アザインドール、アザカルバゾール、トリアゾール、オキサゾール、オキサジアゾール、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、チオフェン、ポリアリールアルカン、ピラゾリン、ピラゾロン、フェニレンジアミン、アリールアミン、アミノ置換カルコン、スチリルアントラセン、ヒドラゾン、スチルベン、シラザン、芳香族第三級アミン化合物、スチリルアミン化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、ポリシラン系化合物、ポリ(N-ビニルカルバゾール)、アニリン系共重合体、チオフェンオリゴマー、ポリチオフェン等の導電性高分子オリゴマー、有機シラン、カーボン膜、ピリジン、ピリミジン、トリアジン、オキサジアゾ-ル、フルオレノン、アントラキノジメタン、アントロン、ジフェニルキノン、チオピランジオキシド、カルボジイミド、フルオレニリデンメタン、ジスチリルピラジン、フッ素置換芳香族化合物、ナフタレンペリレン等の複素環テトラカルボン酸無水物、フタロシアニン、8-キノリノ-ル誘導体の金属錯体やメタルフタロシアニン、ベンゾオキサゾ-ルやベンゾチアゾ-ルを配位子とする金属錯体に代表される各種金属錯体及びそれらの誘導体(置換基や縮環を有していてもよい)等を挙げることができる。
Examples of other host materials that can be used in the present invention include compounds having the following structure as a partial structure.
Aromatic hydrocarbon, pyrrole, indole, carbazole, azaindole, azacarbazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino-substituted chalcone, styryl Conductivity such as anthracene, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styrylamine compound, porphyrin compound, polysilane compound, poly (N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymer, thiophene oligomer, polythiophene Polymer oligomer, organic silane, carbon film, pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, oxadiazol, fluorenone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, dipheny Heterocyclic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides such as quinone, thiopyran dioxide, carbodiimide, fluorenylidenemethane, distyrylpyrazine, fluorine-substituted aromatic compounds, naphthaleneperylene, phthalocyanine, metal complexes of 8-quinolinol derivatives and metal phthalocyanines And various metal complexes represented by metal complexes having benzoxazole or benzothiazol as a ligand, and derivatives thereof (which may have a substituent or a condensed ring).
(電荷輸送層)
 電荷輸送層とは、有機電界発光素子に電圧を印加した際に電荷移動が起こる層をいう。具体的には正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層、発光層、正孔ブロック層、電子輸送層又は電子注入層が挙げられる。塗布法により形成される電荷輸送層が正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層又は発光層であれば、低コストかつ高効率な有機電界発光素子の製造が可能となる。
(Charge transport layer)
The charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element. Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency.
(正孔注入層、正孔輸送層)
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層は、陽極又は陽極側から正孔を受け取り陰極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0165〕~〔0167〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Hole injection layer, hole transport layer)
The hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
For the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer, the matters described in paragraph numbers [0165] to [0167] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
 正孔注入層には電子受容性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。正孔注入層に電子受容性ドーパントを含有することにより、正孔注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子受容性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料から電子を引き抜き、ラジカルカチオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラシアノキノジメタン(TCNQ)、テトラフルオロテトラシアノキノジメタン(F-TCNQ)、酸化モリブデンなどが挙げられる。 The hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant. By containing an electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer, hole injection properties are improved, driving voltage is lowered, and efficiency is improved. The electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations. For example, tetracyanoquinodimethane ( TCNQ), tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane (F 4 -TCNQ), molybdenum oxide, and the like.
 正孔注入層中の電子受容性ドーパントは、正孔注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.01質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.2質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. %, More preferably 0.2% by mass to 30% by mass.
(電子注入層、電子輸送層)
 電子注入層、電子輸送層は、陰極又は陰極側から電子を受け取り陽極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。これらの層に用いる電子注入材料、電子輸送材料は低分子化合物であっても高分子化合物であってもよい。
 電子輸送材料としては、本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物を用いることができる。その他の材料としては、ピリジン誘導体、キノリン誘導体、ピリミジン誘導体、ピラジン誘導体、フタラジン誘導体、フェナントロリン誘導体、トリアジン誘導体、トリアゾール誘導体、オキサゾール誘導体、オキサジアゾール誘導体、イミダゾール誘導体、フルオレノン誘導体、アントラキノジメタン誘導体、アントロン誘導体、ジフェニルキノン誘導体、チオピランジオキシド誘導体、カルボジイミド誘導体、フルオレニリデンメタン誘導体、ジスチリルピラジン誘導体、ナフタレン、ペリレン等の芳香環テトラカルボン酸無水物、フタロシアニン誘導体、8-キノリノール誘導体の金属錯体やメタルフタロシアニン、ベンゾオキサゾールやベンゾチアゾールを配位子とする金属錯体に代表される各種金属錯体、シロールに代表される有機シラン誘導体、等を含有する層であることが好ましい。
(Electron injection layer, electron transport layer)
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side. The electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
As an electron transport material, the compound represented by General formula (1) of this invention can be used. Other materials include pyridine derivatives, quinoline derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, pyrazine derivatives, phthalazine derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, triazine derivatives, triazole derivatives, oxazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, Metal complexes of anthrone derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, naphthalene, perylene, and other aromatic ring tetracarboxylic anhydrides, phthalocyanine derivatives, 8-quinolinol derivatives And metal phthalocyanines, various metal complexes represented by metal complexes with benzoxazole and benzothiazole ligands, It is preferable that a layer containing a silane derivative, and the like.
 電子注入層、電子輸送層の厚さは、駆動電圧を下げるという観点から、各々500nm以下であることが好ましい。
 電子輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。また、電子注入層の厚さとしては、0.1nm~200nmであるのが好ましく、0.2nm~100nmであるのがより好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子注入層、電子輸送層は、上述した材料の1種又は2種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
The thicknesses of the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are each preferably 500 nm or less from the viewpoint of lowering the driving voltage.
The thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm. The thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
 電子注入層には電子供与性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。電子注入層に電子供与性ドーパントを含有させることにより、電子注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子供与性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料に電子を与え、ラジカルアニオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラチアフルバレン(TTF)、テトラチアナフタセン(TTT)、ビス-[1,3 ジエチル-2-メチル-1,2-ジヒドロベンズイミダゾリル]などのジヒドロイミダゾール化合物、リチウム、セシウムなどが挙げられる。 The electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant. By including an electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer, the electron injection property is improved, the driving voltage is lowered, and the efficiency is improved. The electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions. For example, tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) And dithiaimidazole compounds such as tetrathianaphthacene (TTT) and bis- [1,3 diethyl-2-methyl-1,2-dihydrobenzimidazolyl], lithium, cesium and the like.
 電子注入層中の電子供与性ドーパントは、電子注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.01質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
(正孔ブロック層)
 正孔ブロック層は、陽極側から発光層に輸送された正孔が、陰極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陰極側で隣接する有機層として、正孔ブロック層を設けることができる。
 正孔ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、発光層で生成する励起子のエネルギー移動を防止し、発光効率を低下させないために、発光材料のTエネルギーよりも高いことが望ましい。
 正孔ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、アルミニウム(III)ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリナト)4-フェニルフェノレート(Aluminum (III)bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinato)4-phenylphenolate(Balqと略記する))等のアルミニウム錯体、トリアゾール誘導体、2,9-ジメチル-4,7-ジフェニル-1,10-フェナントロリン(2,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline(BCPと略記する))等のフェナントロリン誘導体、等が挙げられる。
 正孔ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 正孔ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種又は二種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
(Hole blocking layer)
The hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side. In the present invention, a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
The T 1 energy in the film state of the organic compound constituting the hole blocking layer is higher than the T 1 energy of the light emitting material in order to prevent energy transfer of excitons generated in the light emitting layer and not to reduce the light emission efficiency. It is desirable.
Examples of organic compounds constituting the hole blocking layer include aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate (Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4- aluminum complexes such as phenylphenolate (abbreviated as Balq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-) phenanthroline derivatives such as phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)) and the like.
The thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure made of one or more of the materials described above, or may have a multilayer structure made of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
(電子ブロック層)
 電子ブロック層は、陰極側から発光層に輸送された電子が、陽極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陽極側で隣接する有機層として、電子ブロック層を設けることができる。
 電子ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、発光層で生成する励起子のエネルギー移動を防止し、発光効率を低下させないために、発光材料のTエネルギーよりも高いことが望ましい。
 電子ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、例えば前述の正孔輸送材料として挙げたものが適用できる。
 電子ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種又は二種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
(Electronic block layer)
The electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side. In the present invention, an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
The T 1 energy in the film state of the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer must be higher than the T 1 energy of the light emitting material in order to prevent the energy transfer of excitons generated in the light emitting layer and not to reduce the light emission efficiency. Is desirable.
As an example of the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer, for example, those mentioned as the hole transport material described above can be applied.
The thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
〔一般式(M-1)で表される化合物〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、前記一対の電極が陽極を含み、前記発光層と該陽極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層に少なくとも一種の下記一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。
[Compound represented by formula (M-1)]
In the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, it is preferable that the pair of electrodes include an anode, and at least one organic layer is included between the light emitting layer and the anode, and at least one of the following general formulas ( It is preferable to contain a compound represented by M-1).
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は発光層と陽極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層に含有されることがより好ましいが、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。本発明にかかる一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有することができる。
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物が含有される、発光層と陽極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層は電子ブロック層又は正孔輸送層であることがより好ましい。
The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode, but its use is not limited, and It may be further contained in any of these layers. As the introduction layer of the compound represented by formula (M-1) according to the present invention, any of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, and a charge blocking layer Or can be contained in a plurality.
The organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the anode and containing the compound represented by formula (M-1) is more preferably an electron block layer or a hole transport layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(M-1)中、Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立してアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリール、アリールアミノ、アルキルアミノ、モルホリノ、チオモルホリノ、N、O、及びSから選択される1以上のヘテロ原子を含有する5若しくは6員へテロシクロアルキル又はシクロアルキルを表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。またAr及びArは、単結合、アルキレン、若しくはアルケニレン(縮合環の有無を問わない)により互いに結合して、縮合5~9員環を形成してもよい。
 Arはp価のアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリール、アリールアミノを表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 Zはそれぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、-R”、-OR”、-N(R”)、-SR”、-C(O)R”、-C(O)OR”、-C(O)N(R”)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR”、-SOR”、又は-SOR”を表し、R”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 pは1~4の整数であり、pが2以上のときAr及びArはそれぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
In General Formula (M-1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently one or more selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylamino, alkylamino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, N, O, and S It represents a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or cycloalkyl containing a hetero atom, and may further have a substituent Z. Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be bonded to each other by a single bond, alkylene, or alkenylene (with or without a condensed ring) to form a condensed 5- to 9-membered ring.
Ar 3 represents p-valent alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or arylamino, and may further have a substituent Z.
Z is independently a halogen atom, —R ″, —OR ″, —N (R ″) 2 , —SR ″, —C (O) R ″, —C (O) OR ″, —C (O) N (R ") 2, -CN , -NO 2, -SO 2, -SOR", - SO 2 R ", or -SO 3 R" represents, R "are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, A perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is represented.
p is an integer of 1 to 4, and when p is 2 or more, Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the same or different.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(M-2)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(M-2)中、RM1はアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RM2~RM23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミノ基、シリル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
In general formula (M-2), R M1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
R M2 to R M23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a silyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom.
 一般式(M-2)中、RM1はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基Zを有していても良い。RM1として好ましくは、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくはアリール基である。RM1のアリール基が置換基を有する場合の好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アリール基、アルコキシ基が挙げられ、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基、シアノ基、又はアリール基が更に好ましい。RM1のアリール基は、好ましくは置換基Zを有していてもよいフェニル基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基又はシアノ基を有していてもよいフェニル基である。 In general formula (M-2), R M1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). Which may have the aforementioned substituent Z. R M1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably an aryl group. Preferred substituents when the aryl group of R M1 has a substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and an aryl group are more preferable. An alkyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R M1 is preferably a phenyl group that may have a substituent Z, and more preferably a phenyl group that may have an alkyl group or a cyano group.
 RM2~RM23はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~24)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数0~18)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、又はフッ素原子を表し、これらは前述の置換基Zを有していても良い。 R M2 to R M23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms), Alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), amino group (preferably having 0 to 24 carbon atoms), silyl group (preferably having 0 to 18 carbon atoms), cyano Represents a group, a nitro group, or a fluorine atom, and these may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
 RM2、RM7、RM8、RM15、RM16及びRM23として好ましくは、水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM4、RM5、RM11、RM12、RM19及びRM20として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又はフッ素原子であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM3、RM6、RM9、RM14、RM17及びRM22として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。
 RM10、RM13、RM18及びRM21として好ましくは、水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基若しくはアミノ基、ニトロ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基若しくはアリール基、ニトロ基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子、又は置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基である。アルキル基が置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、フッ素原子が好ましく、置換基Zを有していても良いアルキル基の炭素数は好ましくは1~6であり、より好ましくは1~4である。
R M2 , R M7 , R M8 , R M15 , R M16 and R M23 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent Z, more preferably a hydrogen atom. .
R M4 , R M5 , R M11 , R M12 , R M19, and R M20 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is an atom.
R M3 , R M6 , R M9 , R M14 , R M17 and R M22 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having substituent Z, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, and more A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z is preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
R M10 , R M13 , R M18 and R M21 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a substituent Z, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or an amino group, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group More preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl or aryl group optionally having a substituent Z, a nitro group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group, still more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent Z. It is an alkyl group that may be present. When the alkyl group has a substituent, the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom, and the alkyl group which may have the substituent Z preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. is there.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(M-3)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (M-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(M-3)中、RS1~RS5はそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-COR、-C(O)R、-NR、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルハロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。複数のRS1~RS5が存在するとき、それらは互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 aは0~4の整数を表し、複数のRS1が存在するとき、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。b~eはそれぞれ独立に0~5の整数を表し、それぞれ複数のRS2~RS5が存在するとき、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよく、任意の2つが結合し環を形成してもよい。
 qは1~5の整数であり、qが2以上のとき複数のRS1は同一でも異なっていてもよく、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
In the general formula (M-3), R S1 to R S5 are each independently an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R, —C (O) represents R, —NR 2 , —NO 2 , —OR, a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent Z. Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perhaloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. When a plurality of R S1 to R S5 are present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further have a substituent Z.
a represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R S1 are present, they may be the same or different and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. b to e each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and when there are a plurality of R S2 to R S5 , they may be the same or different, and any two may combine to form a ring. Good.
q is an integer of 1 to 5, and when q is 2 or more, a plurality of R S1 may be the same or different, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 アルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RS1~RS5で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、飽和であっても不飽和であってもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Zを挙げることができる。RS1~RS5で表されるシクロアルキル基として、好ましくは環員数4~7のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数5~6のシクロアルキル基であり、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 RS1~RS5で表されるアルケニル基としては好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、1-イソプロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。
 RS1~RS5で表されるアルキニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばエチニル、プロパルギル、1-プロピニル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The alkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in total, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group. , I-propyl group, cyclohexyl group, t-butyl group and the like.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent Z. The cycloalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms in total, such as a cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group. Groups and the like.
The alkenyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, Examples include 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
The alkynyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl , 3-pentynyl and the like.
 RS1~RS5で表されるペルフルオロアルキル基は、前述のアルキル基の全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置き換えられたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R S1 to R S5 include those in which all hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group are replaced with fluorine atoms.
 RS1~RS5で表されるアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a biphenyl group, and a terphenyl group.
 RS1~RS5で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5~8のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロアリール基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、フリル基、ベンゾフリル基、チエニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基、ピペラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、チアゾリニル基、スルホラニル基、カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフリル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ピリドインドリル基などが挙げられる。好ましい例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、イミダゾリル基、チエニル基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R S1 to R S5 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group, For example, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, triazinyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, phthalazinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, pyrrolyl group, indolyl group, furyl group, benzofuryl group, thienyl group, Benzothienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benziso Kisazoriru group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a thiazolinyl group, a sulfolanyl group, a carbazolyl group, a dibenzofuryl group, dibenzothienyl group, a pyrido-indolyl group. Preferred examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, imidazolyl group, and thienyl group, and more preferred are pyridyl group and pyrimidinyl group.
 RS1~RS5として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、フルオロ基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロ基、アリール基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フルオロ基、シアノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基が好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基がより好ましい。 R S1 to R S5 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a dialkylamino group, a fluoro group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, fluoro group and aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluoro group, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group are more preferable.
 RS1~RS5は任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。形成されるシクロアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリールの定義及び好ましい範囲はRS1~RS5で定義したシクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基と同じである。 Any one of R S1 to R S5 may be bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; The 7-membered ring may further have a substituent Z. The definition and preferred range of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group defined by R S1 to R S5 .
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を、正孔輸送層中で用いる場合は、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は50~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、80~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、95~100質量%含まれることが特に好ましい。
 また、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を、複数の有機層に用いる場合はそれぞれの層において、上記の範囲で含有することが好ましい。
When the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is used in the hole transport layer, the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably contained in an amount of 50 to 100% by mass, The content is preferably 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 95 to 100% by mass.
In addition, when the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is used in a plurality of organic layers, it is preferable that each layer contains the above-mentioned range.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、いずれかの有機層に、一種類のみを含有していてもよく、複数の一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を任意の割合で組み合わせて含有していてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) may contain only one kind in any organic layer, and the compound represented by the plurality of general formulas (M-1) You may contain in combination.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物を含む正孔輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、3nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、5nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。また、該正孔輸送層は発光層に接して設けられている事が好ましい。 The thickness of the hole transport layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm. Further preferred. The hole transport layer is preferably provided in contact with the light emitting layer.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギーは2.52eV(58kcal/mol)以上3.47eV(80kcal/mol)以下であることが好ましく、2.60eV(60kcal/mol)以上3.25eV(75kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、2.69eV(62kcal/mol)以上3.04eV(70kcal/mol)以下であることが更に好ましい The lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the film state of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is preferably 2.52 eV (58 kcal / mol) or more and 3.47 eV (80 kcal / mol) or less. It is more preferably 2.60 eV (60 kcal / mol) or more and 3.25 eV (75 kcal / mol) or less, and further preferably 2.69 eV (62 kcal / mol) or more and 3.04 eV (70 kcal / mol) or less.
 一般式(M-1)を構成する水素原子は、水素の同位体(重水素原子等)も含む。この場合化合物中の全ての水素原子が水素同位体に置き換わっていてもよく、また一部が水素同位体を含む化合物である混合物でもよい。 The hydrogen atom constituting the general formula (M-1) includes hydrogen isotopes (such as deuterium atoms). In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with hydrogen isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing hydrogen isotopes may be used.
 一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、種々の公知の合成法を組み合わせて合成することが可能である。最も一般的には、カルバゾール化合物に関してはアリールヒドラジンとシクロヘキサン誘導体との縮合体のアザーコープ転位反応の後、脱水素芳香族化による合成(L.F.Tieze,Th.Eicher著、高野、小笠原訳、精密有機合成、339頁(南江堂刊))が挙げられる。また、得られたカルバゾール化合物とハロゲン化アリール化合物のパラジウム触媒を用いるカップリング反応に関してはテトラヘドロン・レターズ39巻617頁(1998年)、同39巻2367頁(1998年)及び同40巻6393頁(1999年)等に記載の方法が挙げられる。反応温度、反応時間については特に限定されることはなく、前記文献に記載の条件が適用できる。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) can be synthesized by combining various known synthesis methods. Most commonly, carbazole compounds are synthesized by dehydroaromatization after the Athercorp rearrangement reaction of a condensate of an aryl hydrazine and a cyclohexane derivative (LF Tieze, by Th. Eicher, translated by Takano, Ogasawara, Precision organic synthesis, page 339 (published by Nankodo). Regarding the coupling reaction of the obtained carbazole compound and halogenated aryl compound using a palladium catalyst, Tetrahedron Letters 39: 617 (1998), 39: 2367 (1998) and 40: 6393 (1999) and the like. The reaction temperature and reaction time are not particularly limited, and the conditions described in the above literature can be applied.
 本発明の一般式(M-1)で表される化合物は、真空蒸着プロセスで薄層を形成することが好ましいが、溶液塗布などのウェットプロセスも好適に用いることが出来る。化合物の分子量は、蒸着適性や溶解性の観点から2000以下であることが好ましく、1200以下であることがより好ましく、800以下であることが特に好ましい。また蒸着適性の観点では、分子量が小さすぎると蒸気圧が小さくなり、気相から固相への変化がおきず、有機層を形成することが困難となるので、250以上が好ましく、300以上が特に好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (M-1) of the present invention is preferably formed into a thin layer by a vacuum deposition process, but a wet process such as solution coating can also be suitably used. The molecular weight of the compound is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, and particularly preferably 800 or less from the viewpoints of deposition suitability and solubility. Also, from the viewpoint of vapor deposition suitability, if the molecular weight is too small, the vapor pressure becomes small, the change from the gas phase to the solid phase does not occur, and it is difficult to form an organic layer. Particularly preferred.
 以下に、一般式(M-1)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明がこれらに限定されることはない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(電子輸送材料又は正孔ブロック材料)
〔芳香族炭化水素化合物〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、前記一対の電極が陰極を含み、前記発光層と該陰極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層には、本発明の一般式(1)で表される化合物又は芳香族炭化水素化合物(特に、下記一般式(Tp-1))又は下記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物は、発光層と陰極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層に含有されることがより好ましいが、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。本発明にかかる芳香族炭化水素化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有することができる。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物が含有される、発光層と陰極の間の発光層に隣接する有機層は電荷ブロック層又は電子輸送層であることが好ましく、電子輸送層であることがより好ましい。
(Electron transport material or hole blocking material)
[Aromatic hydrocarbon compounds]
In the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, the pair of electrodes preferably include a cathode, and preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. It is preferable to contain a compound represented by (1) or an aromatic hydrocarbon compound (particularly the following general formula (Tp-1)) or a compound represented by the following general formula (O-1).
The aromatic hydrocarbon compound is more preferably contained in an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its use is not limited, and any of the organic layers may be further added. It may be contained. As the introduction layer of the aromatic hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention, any one or more of a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, and a charge block layer are used. It can contain.
The organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode and containing the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and more preferably an electron transporting layer.
 芳香族炭化水素化合物は合成容易さの観点から炭素原子と水素原子のみからなることが好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素化合物を発光層以外の層に含有させる場合は、70~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、85~100質量%含まれることがより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素化合物を発光層に含有させる場合は、発光層の全質量に対して0.1~99質量%含ませることが好ましく、1~95質量%含ませることがより好ましく、10~95質量%含ませることがより好ましい。
 炭素原子と水素原子のみからなり、分子量が400~1200の範囲にあり、総炭素数13~22の縮合多環骨格を有する炭化水素化合物を用いることが好ましい。総炭素数13~22の縮合多環骨格としては、フルオレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、テトラセン、クリセン、ペンタセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレンのいずれかであることが好ましく、Tの観点からフルオレン、トリフェニレン、フェナントレンがより好ましく、化合物の安定性、電荷注入・輸送性の観点からトリフェニレンが更に好ましく、一般式(Tp-1)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
The aromatic hydrocarbon compound preferably comprises only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
When the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, more preferably 85 to 100% by mass. When the aromatic hydrocarbon compound is contained in the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably 1 to 95% by weight, based on the total weight of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include the mass%.
It is preferable to use a hydrocarbon compound having only a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, and a condensed polycyclic skeleton having a total carbon number of 13 to 22. The condensed polycyclic skeleton having 13 to 22 carbon atoms is preferably any one of fluorene, anthracene, phenanthrene, tetracene, chrysene, pentacene, pyrene, perylene, and triphenylene. From the viewpoint of T 1 , fluorene, triphenylene, phenanthrene. Is more preferable, and triphenylene is more preferable from the viewpoint of stability of the compound and charge injection / transport properties, and a compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is particularly preferable.
 一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は、分子量が400~1200の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは400~1000であり、更に好ましくは400~800である。分子量が400以上であれば良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、分子量が1200以下であると溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正の面で好ましい。 The hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) preferably has a molecular weight in the range of 400 to 1200, more preferably 400 to 1000, and still more preferably 400 to 800. If the molecular weight is 400 or more, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and if the molecular weight is 1200 or less, it is preferable in terms of solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and appropriate deposition.
 一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物はその用途が限定されることはなく、発光層に隣接する有機層だけでなく有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。 The use of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is not limited, and it may be further contained not only in the organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer but also in any layer within the organic layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(一般式(Tp-1)において、R12~R23はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基又はアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基を表す。ただし、R12~R23が全て水素原子になることはない。) (In the general formula (Tp-1), R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.)
 R12~R23が表すアルキル基としては、置換基若しくは無置換の、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられ、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、又はtert-ブチル基である。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 are substituted or unsubstituted, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, and an n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or A tert-butyl group.
 R12~R23として好ましくは、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基(これらは更にアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよい)で置換されていてもよい、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基(これらは更にアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよい)で置換されていてもよい、ベンゼン環であることが特に好ましい。
R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
A benzene ring that may be substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (which may be further substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group); It is particularly preferred.
 一般式(Tp-1)におけるアリール環の総数は2~8個であることが好ましく、3~5個であることが好ましい。この範囲とすることで、良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正が良好になる。 In the general formula (Tp-1), the total number of aryl rings is preferably 2 to 8, and preferably 3 to 5. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
 R12~R23は、それぞれ独立に、総炭素数が20~50であることが好ましく、総炭素数が20~36であることがより好ましい。この範囲とすることで、良質なアモルファス薄膜が形成でき、溶媒への溶解性や昇華及び蒸着適正が良好になる。 R 12 to R 23 each independently preferably has a total carbon number of 20 to 50, more preferably a total carbon number of 20 to 36. By setting it as this range, a high-quality amorphous thin film can be formed, and solubility in a solvent, sublimation, and deposition suitability are improved.
 本発明の一の態様において、前記一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は下記一般式(Tp-2)で表される炭化水素化合物であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(一般式(Tp-2)中、複数のArは同一であり、アルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基を表す。) (In the general formula (Tp-2), a plurality of Ar 1 are the same, and a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, which may be substituted with an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Or represents a triphenylenyl group.)
 Arが表すアルキル基及びアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基としては、R12~R23で挙げたものと同義であり、好ましいものも同様である。 An alkyl group and an alkyl group represented by Ar 1 , a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group that may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group include R 12 to R 23 . It is synonymous with what was mentioned, and a preferable thing is also the same.
 本発明の他の態様において、前記一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物は、下記一般式(Tp-3)で表される炭化水素化合物であることが好ましい。 In another embodiment of the present invention, the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably a hydrocarbon compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(一般式(Tp-3)中、Lはアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基又はこれらを組み合わせて成るn価の連結基を表す。nは1~6の整数を表す。) (In General Formula (Tp-3), L represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a triphenylenyl group, or a combination thereof. And n represents an integer of 1 to 6.)
 Lが表すn価の連結基を形成するアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、又はトリフェニレニル基としては、R12~R23で挙げたものと同義である。
 Lとして好ましくは、アルキル基又はベンゼン環で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環、フルオレン環、又はこれらを組み合わせて成るn価の連結基である。
 以下にLの好ましい具体例を挙げるがこれらに限定されるものではない。なお具体例中*でトリフェニレン環と結合する。
The alkyl group, phenyl group, fluorenyl group, naphthyl group, or triphenylenyl group that forms the n-valent linking group represented by L has the same meaning as that described for R 12 to R 23 .
L is preferably an alkyl group or an n-valent linking group formed by combining a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, or a combination thereof, which may be substituted with a benzene ring.
Although the preferable specific example of L is given to the following, it is not limited to these. In the specific examples, it is bonded to the triphenylene ring by *.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 nは1~5であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。 N is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 4.
 本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物を有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料や発光層に隣接する層の電荷輸送材料として使用する場合、発光材料より薄膜状態でのエネルギーギャップ(発光材料が燐光発光材料の場合には、薄膜状態での最低励起三重項(T)エネルギー)が大きいと、発光がクエンチしてしまうことを防ぎ、効率向上に有利である。一方、化合物の化学的安定性の観点からは、エネルギーギャップ及びTエネルギーは大き過ぎない方が好ましい。一般式(Tp-1)で表される炭化水素化合物の膜状態でのTエネルギーは、52kcal/mol以上80kcal/mol以下であることが好ましく、55kcal/mol以上68kcal/mol)以下であることがより好ましく、58kcal/mol以上63kcal/mol以下であることが更に好ましい。特に、発光材料として燐光発光材料を用いる場合には、Tエネルギーが上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is used as a host material of a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device or a charge transport material of a layer adjacent to the light emitting layer, the energy gap in a thin film state than the light emitting material (the light emitting material is a phosphorescent light emitting material) In the case of ( 2 ), when the lowest excited triplet (T 1 ) energy in the thin film state is large, the emission is prevented from being quenched, which is advantageous for improving the efficiency. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical stability of the compound, it is preferable that the energy gap and T 1 energy are not too large. The T 1 energy in the film state of the hydrocarbon compound represented by the general formula (Tp-1) is preferably 52 kcal / mol or more and 80 kcal / mol or less, and 55 kcal / mol or more and 68 kcal / mol or less. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that they are 58 kcal / mol or more and 63 kcal / mol or less. In particular, when a phosphorescent light emitting material is used as the light emitting material, the T 1 energy is preferably in the above range.
 Tエネルギーは、前述の一般式(1)の説明における方法と同様の方法により求めることができる。 The T 1 energy can be obtained by a method similar to the method in the description of the general formula (1) described above.
 有機電界発光素子を高温駆動時や素子駆動中の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は80℃以上400℃以下であることが好ましく、100℃以上400℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以上400℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention is 80 ° C. or more and 400 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of stably operating the organic electroluminescence device against heat generated during high temperature driving or during device driving. Preferably, it is 100 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less, More preferably, it is 120 degreeC or more and 400 degrees C or less.
 以下に、本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the hydrocarbon compound according to the present invention will be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 上記本発明にかかる炭化水素化合物として例示した化合物は、国際公開第05/013388号パンフレット、国際公開第06/130598号パンフレット、国際公開第09/021107号パンフレット、US2009/0009065、国際公開第09/008311号パンフレット及び国際公開第04/018587号パンフレットに記載の方法で合成できる。
 合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。
The compounds exemplified as the hydrocarbon compounds according to the present invention include those described in International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, International Publication No. 09/021107, US2009 / 0009065, International Publication No. 09 / It can be synthesized by the methods described in the 008311 pamphlet and the international publication 04/018587 pamphlet.
After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
〔一般式(O-1)で表される化合物〕
 本発明の発光素子は、発光層と陰極との間に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むことが好ましく、該有機層に少なくとも一種の下記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物を含有することが素子の効率や駆動電圧の観点から好ましい。以下に、一般式(O-1)について説明する。
[Compound represented by formula (O-1)]
The light emitting device of the present invention preferably includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the organic layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (O-1). Is preferable from the viewpoints of element efficiency and driving voltage. The general formula (O-1) will be described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
(一般式(O-1)中、RO1は、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。LO1は、アリール環又はヘテロアリール環からなる二価~六価の連結基を表す。nO1は2~6の整数を表す。) (In the general formula (O1), R O1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or each independently .A O1 ~ A O4 representing the heteroaryl group, the C-R A or .R A representing the nitrogen atom Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A may be the same or different, and L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group comprising an aryl ring or a heteroaryl ring. N O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6.)
 RO1は、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基Aを有していても良い。RO1として好ましくはアリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくはアリール基である。RO1のアリール基が置換基を有する場合の好ましい置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基又はシアノ基が挙げられ、アルキル基又はアリール基がより好ましく、アリール基が更に好ましい。RO1のアリール基が複数の置換基を有する場合、該複数の置換基は互いに結合して5又は6員環を形成していても良い。RO1のアリール基は、好ましくは置換基Aを有していても良いフェニル基であり、より好ましくはアルキル基又はアリール基が置換していてもよいフェニル基であり、更に好ましくは無置換のフェニル基又は2-フェニルフェニル基である。 R O1 represents an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). A may be included. R O1 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an aryl group. As a preferable substituent when the aryl group of R O1 has a substituent, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group can be mentioned, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is still more preferable. When the aryl group of R O1 has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring. The aryl group of R O1 is preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent A, more preferably a phenyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group, and even more preferably an unsubstituted group. A phenyl group or a 2-phenylphenyl group.
 AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。AO1~AO4のうち、0~2つが窒素原子であるのが好ましく、0又は1つが窒素原子であるのがより好ましい。AO1~AO4の全てがC-Rであるか、又はAO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであるのが好ましく、AO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであるのがより好ましく、AO1が窒素原子で、AO2~AO4がC-Rであり、Rが全て水素原子であるのが更に好ましい。 A O1 to A O4 each independently represent C—R A or a nitrogen atom. Of A O1 to A O4 , 0 to 2 are preferably nitrogen atoms, and 0 or 1 is more preferably a nitrogen atom. Or all of A O1 ~ A O4 is C-R A, or A O1 be a nitrogen atom, is preferably A O2 ~ A O4 is C-R A, A O1 be a nitrogen atom, A O2 ~ More preferably, A O4 is C—R A , more preferably A O1 is a nitrogen atom, A O2 to A O4 are C—R A , and R A is all a hydrogen atom.
 Rは水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基Z’を有していても良い。また複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。Rとして好ましくは水素原子又はアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。 R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). It may have a substituent Z ′. The plurality of RA may be the same or different. R A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 LO1は、アリール環(好ましくは炭素数6~30)又はヘテロアリール環(好ましくは炭素数4~12)からなる二価~六価の連結基を表す。LO1として好ましくは、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、アリールトリイル基、又はヘテロアリールトリイル基であり、より好ましくはフェニレン基、ビフェニレン基、又はベンゼントリイル基であり、更に好ましくはビフェニレン基、又はベンゼントリイル基である。LO1は前述の置換基Z’を有していても良く、置換基を有する場合の置換基としてはアルキル基、アリール基、又はシアノ基が好ましい。LO1の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 L O1 represents a divalent to hexavalent linking group composed of an aryl ring (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or a heteroaryl ring (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). L O1 is preferably an arylene group, heteroarylene group, aryltriyl group, or heteroaryltriyl group, more preferably a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a benzenetriyl group, still more preferably a biphenylene group, Or it is a benzenetriyl group. L O1 may have the above-described substituent Z ′, and when it has a substituent, the substituent is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a cyano group. Specific examples of L O1 include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 nO1は2~6の整数を表し、好ましくは2~4の整数であり、より好ましくは2又は3である。nO1は、素子効率の観点では最も好ましくは3であり、素子の耐久性の観点では最も好ましくは2である。
 一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、より好ましくは下記一般式(O-2)で表される化合物である。
n O1 represents an integer of 2 to 6, preferably an integer of 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3. n O1 is most preferably 3 from the viewpoint of device efficiency, and most preferably 2 from the viewpoint of device durability.
The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (O-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(一般式(O-2)中、RO1はそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。RO2~RO4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。AO1~AO4はそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、複数のRは同じでも異なっていても良い。) (In the general formula (O-2), R O1 independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. R O2 to R O4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a hetero group. A O1 to A O4 each independently represents C—R A or a nitrogen atom, R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and a plurality of R A are the same But it may be different.)
 RO1及びAO1~AO4は、前記一般式(O-1)中のRO1及びAO1~AO4と同義であり、またそれらの好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R02~R04はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30)、又はヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数4~12)を表し、これらは前述の置換基Aを有していても良い。R02~R04として好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、又はアリール基であり、最も好ましくは水素原子である。
R O1 and A O1 ~ A O4, the general formula (O1) in the same meaning as R O1 and A O1 ~ A O4 of, also the same preferable ranges thereof.
R 02 to R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), or a heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms). These may have the above-mentioned substituent A. R 02 to R 04 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.
 前記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、高温保存時の安定性、高温駆動時、駆動時の発熱に対して安定して動作させる観点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)は100℃~400℃であることが好ましく、120℃~400℃であることがより好ましく、140℃~400℃であることが更に好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 100 ° C. from the viewpoint of stable operation at high temperature storage, stable operation against high temperature driving, and heat generation during driving. It is preferably from ˜400 ° C., more preferably from 120 ° C. to 400 ° C., still more preferably from 140 ° C. to 400 ° C.
 一般式(O-1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 前記一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は、特開2001-335776号に記載の方法で合成可能である。合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶、再沈殿などによる精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により有機不純物を分離できるだけではなく、無機塩や残留溶媒、水分等を効果的に取り除くことが可能である。 The compound represented by the general formula (O-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A No. 2001-335776. After synthesis, purification by column chromatography, recrystallization, reprecipitation, etc., followed by purification by sublimation is preferred. Not only can organic impurities be separated by sublimation purification, but inorganic salts, residual solvents, moisture, and the like can be effectively removed.
 本発明の発光素子において、一般式(O-1)で表される化合物は発光層と陰極との間の有機層に含有されるが、発光層に隣接する陰極側の層に含有されることが好ましい。 In the light emitting device of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (O-1) is contained in an organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but is contained in a layer on the cathode side adjacent to the light emitting layer. Is preferred.
(保護層)
 本発明において、有機EL素子全体は、保護層によって保護されていてもよい。
 保護層については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0169〕~〔0170〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Protective layer)
In the present invention, the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
As for the protective layer, the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
(封止容器)
 本発明の素子は、封止容器を用いて素子全体を封止してもよい。
 封止容器については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0171〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Sealing container)
The element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
Regarding the sealing container, the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
(駆動)
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、陽極と陰極との間に直流(必要に応じて交流成分を含んでもよい)電圧(通常2ボルト~15ボルト)、又は直流電流を印加することにより、発光を得ることができる。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の駆動方法については、特開平2-148687号、同6-301355号、同5-29080号、同7-134558号、同8-234685号、同8-241047号の各公報、特許第2784615号、米国特許5828429号、同6023308号の各明細書等に記載の駆動方法を適用することができる。
(Drive)
The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode. Obtainable.
The driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047. The driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の外部量子効率としては、7%以上が好ましく、10%以上がより好ましい。外部量子効率の数値は20℃で素子を駆動したときの外部量子効率の最大値、若しくは、20℃で素子を駆動したときの300~400cd/m付近での外部量子効率の値を用いることができる。 The external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is preferably 7% or more, and more preferably 10% or more. The value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency around 300 to 400 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の内部量子効率は、30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上が更に好ましく、70%以上が更に好ましい。素子の内部量子効率は、外部量子効率を光取り出し効率で除して算出される。通常の有機EL素子では光取り出し効率は約20%であるが、基板の形状、電極の形状、有機層の膜厚、無機層の膜厚、有機層の屈折率、無機層の屈折率等を工夫することにより、光取り出し効率を20%以上にすることが可能である。 The internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more. The internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%. However, the shape of the substrate, the shape of the electrode, the thickness of the organic layer, the thickness of the inorganic layer, the refractive index of the organic layer, the refractive index of the inorganic layer, etc. By devising it, it is possible to increase the light extraction efficiency to 20% or more.
(本発明の素子の用途)
 本発明の素子は、表示素子、ディスプレイ、バックライト、電子写真、照明光源、記録光源、露光光源、読み取り光源、標識、看板、インテリア、又は光通信等に好適に利用できる。特に、照明装置、表示装置等の発光輝度が高い領域で駆動されるデバイスに好ましく用いられる。
(Use of the element of the present invention)
The element of the present invention can be suitably used for a display element, a display, a backlight, electrophotography, an illumination light source, a recording light source, an exposure light source, a reading light source, a sign, a signboard, an interior, or optical communication. In particular, it is preferably used for a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance, such as a lighting device or a display device.
(発光装置)
 次に、図2を参照して本発明の発光装置について説明する。
 本発明の発光装置は、前記有機電界発光素子を用いてなる。
 図2は、本発明の発光装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。図2の発光装置20は、透明基板(支持基板)2、有機電界発光素子10、封止容器16等により構成されている。
(Light emitting device)
Next, the light emitting device of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
The light emitting device of the present invention uses the organic electroluminescent element.
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention. The light emitting device 20 in FIG. 2 includes a transparent substrate (support substrate) 2, an organic electroluminescent element 10, a sealing container 16, and the like.
 有機電界発光素子10は、基板2上に、陽極(第一電極)3、有機層11、陰極(第二電極)9が順次積層されて構成されている。また、陰極9上には、保護層12が積層されており、更に、保護層12上には接着層14を介して封止容器16が設けられている。なお、各電極3、9の一部、隔壁、絶縁層等は省略されている。
 ここで、接着層14としては、エポキシ樹脂等の光硬化型接着剤や熱硬化型接着剤を用いることができ、例えば熱硬化性の接着シートを用いることもできる。
The organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2. A protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween. In addition, a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate | omitted.
Here, as the adhesive layer 14, a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
 本発明の発光装置の用途は特に制限されるものではなく、例えば、照明装置のほか、テレビ、パーソナルコンピュータ、携帯電話、電子ペーパ等の表示装置とすることができる。 The use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
(照明装置)
 次に、図3を参照して本発明の照明装置について説明する。
 図3は、本発明の照明装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。本発明の照明装置40は、図3に示すように、前述した有機EL素子10と、光散乱部材30とを備えている。より具体的には、照明装置40は、有機EL素子10の基板2と光散乱部材30とが接触するように構成されている。
 光散乱部材30は、光を散乱できるものであれば特に制限されないが、図3においては、透明基板31に微粒子32が分散した部材とされている。透明基板31としては、例えば、ガラス基板を好適に挙げることができる。微粒子32としては、透明樹脂微粒子を好適に挙げることができる。ガラス基板及び透明樹脂微粒子としては、いずれも、公知のものを使用できる。このような照明装置40は、有機電界発光素子10からの発光が散乱部材30の光入射面30Aに入射されると、入射光を光散乱部材30により散乱させ、散乱光を光出射面30Bから照明光として出射するものである。
(Lighting device)
Next, the illumination device of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the illumination device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the illumination device 40 of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
The light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light. In FIG. 3, the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31. As the transparent substrate 31, for example, a glass substrate can be preferably cited. As the fine particles 32, transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified. As the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles, known ones can be used. In such an illuminating device 40, when light emitted from the organic electroluminescent element 10 is incident on the light incident surface 30A of the scattering member 30, the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is emitted from the light emitting surface 30B. It is emitted as illumination light.
 以下、実施例により本発明を更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
1.合成例(化合物2B-5) 1. Synthesis Example (Compound 2B-5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 上記スキームに従い、化合物2B-5を合成した。他の化合物についても、上記と同様の手段により、合成することができる。合成した化合物2B-5、2B-8及び4A-8のH-NMRデータを図4、5及び6に示す。 Compound 2B-5 was synthesized according to the above scheme. Other compounds can also be synthesized by the same means as described above. The 1 H-NMR data of the synthesized compounds 2B-5, 2B-8 and 4A-8 are shown in FIGS.
2.素子作製・評価
 素子作製に用いた材料は全て昇華精製を行った。比較例、及び実施例に用いた化合物を示す。
2. Element fabrication and evaluation All materials used for element fabrication were purified by sublimation. The compound used for the comparative example and the Example is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(比較例1)
 厚み0.5mm、2.5cm角のITO膜を有するガラス基板(ジオマテック社製、表面抵抗10Ω/□(Ω/sq.))を洗浄容器に入れ、2-プロパノール中で超音波洗浄した後、30分間UV-オゾン処理を行った。この透明陽極(ITO膜)上に真空蒸着法にて以下の有機層を順次蒸着した。
 第一層:LG101 :膜厚10nm
 第二層:NPD :膜厚30nm
 第三層:比較化合物1(ホスト材料)及びGD-1(質量比90:10) :膜厚30nm
 第四層:TpH-17 :膜厚10nm
 第五層:Alq :膜厚40nm
 この上に、フッ化リチウム0.1nm及び金属アルミニウム200nmをこの順に蒸着し陰極とした。
 この積層体を、大気に触れさせることなく、窒素ガスで置換したグローブボックス内に入れ、ガラス製の封止缶及び紫外線硬化型の接着剤(XNR5516HV、長瀬チバ(株)製)を用いて封止し、比較例1の素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
A glass substrate having a thickness of 0.5 mm and a 2.5 cm square ITO film (manufactured by Geomat Co., Ltd., surface resistance 10 Ω / □ (Ω / sq.)) Was placed in a cleaning container and ultrasonically cleaned in 2-propanol. UV-ozone treatment was performed for 30 minutes. The following organic layers were sequentially deposited on the transparent anode (ITO film) by vacuum deposition.
First layer: LG101: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: Comparative compound 1 (host material) and GD-1 (mass ratio 90:10): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: TpH-17: film thickness 10 nm
Fifth layer: Alq: film thickness 40 nm
On top of this, 0.1 nm of lithium fluoride and 200 nm of metallic aluminum were vapor-deposited in this order to form a cathode.
This laminated body is put in a glove box substituted with nitrogen gas without being exposed to the atmosphere, and sealed with a glass sealing can and an ultraviolet curable adhesive (XNR5516HV, manufactured by Nagase Ciba Co., Ltd.). The device of Comparative Example 1 was obtained.
(比較例2、実施例A1~A19)
 比較例1における、第三層のホスト材料として比較化合物1の代わりに比較化合物2を用いた以外は比較例1と同様にして、比較例2の素子を得た。同様にして、比較化合物2の代わりに、1A-15、1B-6、1B-7、1B-12、1B-15、1B-16、1B-24、1B-25、1B-27、1B-32、1B-44、1B-45、2B-5、2B-8、2B-25、2B-32、2B-44、2B-48、4A-8をそれぞれ用いることで、実施例A1~A19の素子を得た。
 これらの素子を以下の方法で、耐久性と高温保管後の色度ずれの観点で評価した結果を表1に示す。
 また、ホスト材料として用いた化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)を示差走査熱量分析(DSC)により測定した結果を、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が100℃未満のものを×、100℃以上120℃未満のものを○、120℃以上のものを◎として表1に示す。
(Comparative Example 2, Examples A1 to A19)
The device of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that Comparative Compound 2 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 as the host material for the third layer in Comparative Example 1. Similarly, instead of Comparative Compound 2, 1A-15, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-12, 1B-15, 1B-16, 1B-24, 1B-25, 1B-27, 1B-32 By using 1B-44, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B-25, 2B-32, 2B-44, 2B-48, 4A-8, the elements of Examples A1 to A19 Obtained.
Table 1 shows the results of evaluating these elements from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage by the following method.
In addition, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound used as the host material was measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). The glass transition temperature (Tg) was less than 100 ° C. x, 100 ° C. or more and less than 120 ° C. The results are shown in Table 1 as ◯ and those at 120 ° C. or higher as ◎.
(a) 耐久性
 室温で輝度が5000cd/mになるように直流電圧を印加して発光させ続け、輝度が4000cd/mになるまでに要した時間を耐久性の指標とした。以下に記載する表1において、比較例1の素子を用いたときの耐久性を100とし、耐久性の相対値が101以上120未満のものを○、120以上のものを◎とした。耐久性は数字が大きいほど好ましい。なお、比較例1は基準であるため、「-」と記載した。
(b) 高温保管後の色度ずれ
 高温保管後(100℃にて24時間)と保管前の素子について、輝度が1000cd/mになるよう直流電圧を印加し、(株)島津製作所製の発光スペクトル測定システム(ELS1500)により発光スペクトルを測定し、色度(CIE色度)を算出した。
 高温保管後(100℃にて24時間)の色度が保管前とCIE(x,y)座標でx座標若しくはy座標のいずれかが0.01以上ずれているものを×、いずれも0.005以上0.01未満のものを○、いずれも0.005未満のものを◎とした。
(A) continues applying to emit light the direct voltage as durable at room temperature brightness is 5000 cd / m 2, luminance is used as an index of durability time taken until 4000 cd / m 2. In Table 1 described below, durability when the element of Comparative Example 1 was used was set to 100, those having a relative durability value of 101 or more and less than 120 were rated ◯, and those having 120 or more were rated ◎. The larger the number, the better the durability. Since Comparative Example 1 is a reference, it is described as “−”.
(B) Chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage A DC voltage was applied to the element after high-temperature storage (24 hours at 100 ° C.) and before storage so that the luminance was 1000 cd / m 2 , manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. An emission spectrum was measured by an emission spectrum measurement system (ELS1500), and chromaticity (CIE chromaticity) was calculated.
C: The chromaticity after storage at high temperature (24 hours at 100 ° C.) is different from that before storage in which either the x coordinate or the y coordinate is 0.01 or more in the CIE (x, y) coordinates. A value of 005 or more and less than 0.01 was rated as ○, and a value of less than 0.005 was rated as ◎.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
(比較例3)
 比較例1の素子の第四層に用いたTpH-17を比較化合物1にかえた以外は比較例1と同様にして比較例3の素子を作製した。
(Comparative Example 3)
A device of Comparative Example 3 was fabricated in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that TpH-17 used in the fourth layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was replaced with Comparative Compound 1.
(実施例B1~B14)
 比較例3の素子の第四層に用いた比較化合物1を化合物1B-6にかえた以外は比較例2と同様にして、実施例B1の素子を作製した。同様にして、化合物1B-6の代わりに、1B-7、1B-15、1B-24、1B-25、1B-32、1B-44、1B-45、2B-5、2B-8、2B-25、2B-32、2B-44、2B-48をそれぞれ用いることで、実施例B2~B14の素子を作製した。
(実施例B15~B18)
 比較例3の素子の第三層のホスト材料に用いた比較化合物1を化合物1B-6にかえ、第四層に用いた比較化合物1を本件の化合物1B-6にかえた以外は比較例3と同様にして実施例B15の素子を作製した。同様にして、化合物1B-6の代わりに、1B-25、2B-5、4A-8をそれぞれ用いることで、実施例B16~B18の素子を作製した。これらの素子を以下の方法で、効率、駆動電圧の観点で評価した結果を表2に示す。
(Examples B1 to B14)
A device of Example B1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2, except that Compound 1B-6 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used for the fourth layer of the device of Comparative Example 3. Similarly, instead of compound 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-15, 1B-24, 1B-25, 1B-32, 1B-44, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B- 25, 2B-32, 2B-44, and 2B-48 were used to fabricate the devices of Examples B2 to B14.
(Examples B15 to B18)
Comparative Example 3 except that Comparative Compound 1 used for the host material of the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 3 was replaced with Compound 1B-6 and Comparative Compound 1 used for the fourth layer was replaced with Compound 1B-6 of the present case In the same manner as described above, the device of Example B15 was produced. Similarly, the devices of Examples B16 to B18 were prepared by using 1B-25, 2B-5, and 4A-8, respectively, instead of Compound 1B-6. Table 2 shows the results of evaluating these elements from the viewpoint of efficiency and drive voltage by the following method.
(c) 効率
 東陽テクニカ製ソースメジャーユニット2400を用いて、直流電圧を各素子に印加し発光させ、その輝度をトプコン社製輝度計BM-8を用いて測定した。発光スペクトルと発光波長は浜松ホトニクス製スペクトルアナライザーPMA-11を用いて測定した。これらを基に輝度が1000cd/m付近の外部量子効率を輝度換算法により算出した。比較例1の効率を100とし、効率の相対値が100以下のものを×、101以上110未満のものを○、110以上のものを◎とした。外部量子効率は数字が大きいほど好ましい。なお、比較例1は基準であるため、「-」と記載した。
(d) 駆動電圧
 各素子を輝度が1000cd/mになるように、直流電圧を印加して発光させる。この時の印加電圧を駆動電圧評価の指標とした。比較例1の電圧を100とし、電圧の相対値が100以上のものを×、90以上100未満のものを○、90未満のものを◎とした。駆動電圧は数字が小さいほど好ましい。
(C) Efficiency Using a source measure unit 2400 manufactured by Toyo Technica, a DC voltage was applied to each element to emit light, and the luminance was measured using a luminance meter BM-8 manufactured by Topcon Corporation. The emission spectrum and emission wavelength were measured using a spectrum analyzer PMA-11 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics. Based on these, the external quantum efficiency at a luminance of around 1000 cd / m 2 was calculated by the luminance conversion method. The efficiency of Comparative Example 1 was taken as 100, those having a relative efficiency value of 100 or less were evaluated as x, those having a value of 101 or more and less than 110 were evaluated as ◯, and those having a relative value of 110 or more were evaluated as ◎. The larger the number, the better the external quantum efficiency. Since Comparative Example 1 is a reference, it is described as “−”.
(D) Driving voltage Each element is caused to emit light by applying a DC voltage so that the luminance becomes 1000 cd / m 2 . The applied voltage at this time was used as an index for driving voltage evaluation. The voltage of Comparative Example 1 was 100, the voltage having a relative value of 100 or more was rated as x, the voltage from 90 to less than 100 was rated as ◯, and the voltage of less than 90 was rated as ◎. The driving voltage is preferably as small as possible.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
(比較例4)
 比較例1の素子の各層を以下のように変更した以外は比較例1と同様にして比較例4の素子を作製した。
 第一層:LG101 :膜厚10nm
 第二層:HTL-2:膜厚30nm
 第三層:比較化合物1(ホスト材料)及びGD-2(質量比85:15) :膜厚30nm
 第四層:OM-8 :膜厚10nm
 第五層:OM-8 :膜厚40nm
(Comparative Example 4)
A device of Comparative Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that each layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was changed as follows.
First layer: LG101: film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: HTL-2: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: Comparative compound 1 (host material) and GD-2 (mass ratio 85:15): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: OM-8: film thickness 10 nm
5th layer: OM-8: film thickness 40 nm
(実施例C1~C14)
 比較例4の素子の第三層に用いた比較化合物1を化合物1A-15にかえた以外は比較例4と同様にして、実施例C1の素子を作製した。同様にして、化合物1A-15の代わりに、1A-24、1B-6、1B-7、1B-15、1B-25、1B-32、1B-45、2B-5、2B-8、2B-25、2B-32、2B-44、4A-8をそれぞれ用いることで、実施例C2~C14の素子を作製した。これらの素子を耐久性と高温保管後の色度ずれの観点で前記と同様に評価した結果を表3に示す。なお、耐久性は比較例4の素子を用いたときの耐久性を100とした。また、比較例4は基準であるため、「-」と記載した。
(Examples C1 to C14)
A device of Example C1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 4, except that Compound 1A-15 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used in the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 4. Similarly, instead of compound 1A-15, 1A-24, 1B-6, 1B-7, 1B-15, 1B-25, 1B-32, 1B-45, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B- 25, 2B-32, 2B-44, and 4A-8 were used, respectively, to produce devices of Examples C2 to C14. Table 3 shows the results of evaluating these elements in the same manner as described above from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage. The durability was 100 when the element of Comparative Example 4 was used. In addition, since Comparative Example 4 is a reference, “−” is described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
(比較例5)
 比較例1の素子の各層を以下のように変更した以外は比較例1と同様にして比較例5の素子を作製した。
 第一層:GD-1 :膜厚10nm
 第二層:NPD:膜厚30nm
 第三層:比較化合物1(ホスト材料)及びRD-1(質量比95:5) :膜厚30nm
 第四層:Alq :膜厚10nm
 第五層:Alq :膜厚40nm
(Comparative Example 5)
A device of Comparative Example 5 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that each layer of the device of Comparative Example 1 was changed as follows.
First layer: GD-1: Film thickness 10 nm
Second layer: NPD: film thickness 30 nm
Third layer: Comparative compound 1 (host material) and RD-1 (mass ratio 95: 5): film thickness 30 nm
Fourth layer: Alq: film thickness 10 nm
Fifth layer: Alq: film thickness 40 nm
(実施例D1~D13)
 比較例5の素子の第三層に用いた比較化合物1を化合物1A-27にかえた以外は比較例5と同様にして、実施例D1の素子を作製した。同様にして、化合物1A-27の代わりに、1A-48、2A-44、2A-47、1B-16、1B-27、2B-5、2B-8、2B-26、2B-34、2B-46、2B-47、4A-8をそれぞれ用いることで、実施例D2~D13の素子を作製した。これらの素子を耐久性と高温保管後の色度ずれの観点で前記と同様に評価した結果を表4に示す。なお、耐久性は比較例5の素子を用いたときの耐久性を100とした。また、比較例5は基準であるため、「-」と記載した。
(Examples D1 to D13)
A device of Example D1 was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 5, except that Compound 1A-27 was used instead of Comparative Compound 1 used for the third layer of the device of Comparative Example 5. Similarly, instead of compound 1A-27, 1A-48, 2A-44, 2A-47, 1B-16, 1B-27, 2B-5, 2B-8, 2B-26, 2B-34, 2B- The elements of Examples D2 to D13 were fabricated by using 46, 2B-47, and 4A-8, respectively. Table 4 shows the results of evaluating these elements in the same manner as described above from the viewpoint of durability and chromaticity shift after high-temperature storage. The durability was 100 when the element of Comparative Example 5 was used. In addition, since Comparative Example 5 is a reference, “−” is described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
 表1~4の結果から、本発明における一般式(1)で表される化合物を用いた本発明の素子は、一般式(1)で表される化合物をホスト材料として用いた場合、比較例の素子と比べて耐久性に優れることがわかる。また、一般式(1)で表される化合物を電子輸送材料として用いた場合、比較例の素子と比べて効率に優れ、駆動電圧を抑制できることが分かる。 From the results of Tables 1 to 4, the device of the present invention using the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the present invention is a comparative example when the compound represented by the general formula (1) is used as a host material. It can be seen that it is superior in durability as compared with the element. Moreover, when the compound represented by General formula (1) is used as an electron transport material, it turns out that it is excellent in efficiency compared with the element of a comparative example, and can suppress a drive voltage.
 本発明によれば、耐熱性、耐久性に優れた有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。更に、該有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置、表示装置及び照明装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element having excellent heat resistance and durability can be provided. Furthermore, a light emitting device, a display device, and a lighting device using the organic electroluminescent element can be provided.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2010年7月30日出願の日本特許出願(特願2010-173183)、及び2011年7月27日出願の日本特許出願(特願2011-164686)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on July 30, 2010 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-173183) and a Japanese patent application filed on July 27, 2011 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-164686). Is incorporated herein by reference.
2・・・基板
3・・・陽極
4・・・正孔注入層
5・・・正孔輸送層
6・・・発光層
7・・・正孔ブロック層
8・・・電子輸送層
9・・・陰極
10・・・有機電界発光素子(有機EL素子)
11・・・有機層
12・・・保護層
14・・・接着層
16・・・封止容器
20・・・発光装置
30・・・光散乱部材
30A・・・光入射面
30B・・・光出射面
31・・・透明基板
32・・・微粒子
40・・・照明装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 2 ... Substrate 3 ... Anode 4 ... Hole injection layer 5 ... Hole transport layer 6 ... Light emitting layer 7 ... Hole block layer 8 ... Electron transport layer 9 ...・ Cathode 10: Organic electroluminescent device (organic EL device)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 11 ... Organic layer 12 ... Protective layer 14 ... Adhesive layer 16 ... Sealing container 20 ... Light-emitting device 30 ... Light scattering member 30A ... Light incident surface 30B ... Light Output surface 31 ... Transparent substrate 32 ... Fine particle 40 ... Illumination device

Claims (10)

  1.  基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を含む少なくとも一層の有機層とを有する有機電界発光素子であって、
     前記発光層に燐光発光材料を少なくとも一種含み、かつ、前記少なくとも一層の有機層のいずれか少なくとも一層に下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含む有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     (一般式(1)中、Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。R101~R107はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、R108は置換基を表す。aは0~4の整数を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。Laはn価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、一般式(1)中にシアノ基を少なくとも一つ有する。)
    An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, and at least one organic layer including a light emitting layer between the electrodes,
    An organic electroluminescence device comprising: at least one phosphorescent material in the light emitting layer; and at least one of the at least one organic layer including a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the general formula (1), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 101 to R 107 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 108 represents a substituent, and a represents an integer of 0 to 4. N represents an integer greater than or equal to 1. La represents an n-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent, provided that at least one cyano group is contained in the general formula (1). Have)
  2.  一般式(1)中に含まれるシアノ基が、前記R108又はLaの置換基のみである、請求項1に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent element of Claim 1 whose cyano group contained in General formula (1) is only the substituent of said R108 or La.
  3.  前記Laが下記の連結基群から選択されるいずれかである請求項1又は2に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein La is any one selected from the following linking group group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
  4.  前記燐光発光材料が、下記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     (一般式(E-1)中、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
     AはZと窒素原子と共に5又は6員のヘテロ環を形成する原子群を表す。
     BはZと炭素原子と共に5又は6員環を形成する原子群を表す。
     (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
     nE1は1~3の整数を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the phosphorescent material is an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (E-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (E-1), Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
    A 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with Z 1 and a nitrogen atom.
    B 1 represents an atomic group that forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with Z 2 and a carbon atom.
    (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
    n E1 represents an integer of 1 to 3. )
  5.  前記一般式(E-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体が下記一般式(E-2)で表される、請求項4に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     (一般式(E-2)中、AE1~AE8はそれぞれ独立に、窒素原子又はC-Rを表す。
     Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     (X-Y)はモノアニオン性の二座配位子を表す。
     nE2は1~3の整数を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 4, wherein the iridium complex represented by the general formula (E-1) is represented by the following general formula (E-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the general formula (E-2), A E1 to A E8 each independently represents a nitrogen atom or C—R E.
    R E represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    (XY) represents a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
    n E2 represents an integer of 1 to 3. )
  6.  前記発光層が請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 6. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein the light emitting layer contains a compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  7.  前記一対の電極間に、前記陰極に隣接する電子輸送層を有し、更に該電子輸送層の前記陰極の反対側に隣接する正孔ブロック層を任意に有し、前記電子輸送層又は前記正孔ブロック層が請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 An electron transport layer adjacent to the cathode is provided between the pair of electrodes, and a hole blocking layer adjacent to the opposite side of the electron transport layer to the cathode is optionally provided, and the electron transport layer or the positive electrode layer is provided. The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the hole blocking layer contains a compound represented by the general formula (1) according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。 A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。 A display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  10.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。 An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
PCT/JP2011/067373 2010-07-30 2011-07-28 Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure WO2012015017A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020137004031A KR101838200B1 (en) 2010-07-30 2011-07-28 Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure
KR1020187006485A KR101919742B1 (en) 2010-07-30 2011-07-28 Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010-173183 2010-07-30
JP2010173183 2010-07-30
JP2011-164686 2011-07-27
JP2011164686A JP5814031B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2011-07-27 Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012015017A1 true WO2012015017A1 (en) 2012-02-02

Family

ID=45530217

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/067373 WO2012015017A1 (en) 2010-07-30 2011-07-28 Organic electroluminescent element and organic-electroluminescent-element material that has a dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran structure

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5814031B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101919742B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2012015017A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012133644A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element, light-emitting device using organic electroluminescent element, display device using organic electroluminescent element, lighting device using organic electroluminescent element, and compound for organic electroluminescent element
WO2012133649A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Charge transport material, organic electroluminescence element, light-emitting device, display apparatus, and illumination apparatus
JP2013183010A (en) * 2012-03-01 2013-09-12 Udc Ireland Ltd Chemical compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, charge transport material, and organic electroluminescent element
JP2014005274A (en) * 2012-06-01 2014-01-16 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Organic material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic appliance, and lighting device
CN105622618A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-01 乐金显示有限公司 Organic light emitting display device
US9859503B2 (en) 2015-04-30 2018-01-02 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US10158085B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2018-12-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
WO2019114610A1 (en) * 2017-12-14 2019-06-20 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Carbazole tribenzene organic compound, superpolymer, mixture and composition, and use thereof
WO2020090843A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 株式会社Kyulux Charge transport material, compound and organic light emitting element
US10985329B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2021-04-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
US11053228B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2021-07-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound, composition including the condensed cyclic compound, and organic light-emitting device including the condensed cyclic compound
EP3809482A3 (en) * 2012-06-01 2021-10-27 Idemitsu Kosan Co.,Ltd. Organic electroluminescence element and material for organic electroluminescence element
US11795185B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2023-10-24 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Compound for electron-transport material and organic light emitting diode including the same
US12150380B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2024-11-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI606051B (en) * 2011-11-22 2017-11-21 Udc愛爾蘭有限公司 Organic electroluminescent element, material for organic electroluminescent element, and light emitting device, display device and illumination device, using the element, and compound used in the element
JP5926580B2 (en) 2012-03-01 2016-05-25 ユー・ディー・シー アイルランド リミテッド ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, MATERIAL FOR ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, AND LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, LIGHTING DEVICE, AND COMPOUND USED FOR THE ELEMENT
JP6109137B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2017-04-05 ユー・ディー・シー アイルランド リミテッド Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
TWI648262B (en) * 2016-07-20 2019-01-21 Lg化學股份有限公司 Novel heterocyclic compound and organic light-emitting device comprising the same
WO2020050585A1 (en) 2018-09-03 2020-03-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light-emitting device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005314239A (en) * 2004-04-27 2005-11-10 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Anthracene compound and organic electroluminescent element containing the anthracene compound
WO2007069569A1 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence element material and organic electroluminescence element using same
JP2007266598A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-10-11 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescence element
WO2009069442A1 (en) * 2007-11-26 2009-06-04 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device, display device and illuminating device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BRPI0409916A (en) * 2003-04-30 2006-04-25 Inst For Pharm Discovery Inc phenyl substituted carboxylic acids
WO2004099171A2 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-18 The Institutes For Pharmaceutical Discovery, Llc Substituted amino carboxylic acids as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1b
JP4947955B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2012-06-06 三洋電機株式会社 Dibenzothiophene derivatives and organic electroluminescence devices using them

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005314239A (en) * 2004-04-27 2005-11-10 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Anthracene compound and organic electroluminescent element containing the anthracene compound
WO2007069569A1 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence element material and organic electroluminescence element using same
JP2007266598A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-10-11 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescence element
WO2009069442A1 (en) * 2007-11-26 2009-06-04 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device, display device and illuminating device

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012133649A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Charge transport material, organic electroluminescence element, light-emitting device, display apparatus, and illumination apparatus
JP2012216820A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light-emitting device, display unit and luminaire
JP2012216817A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display unit, luminaire using that element, and compound for that element
WO2012133644A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element, light-emitting device using organic electroluminescent element, display device using organic electroluminescent element, lighting device using organic electroluminescent element, and compound for organic electroluminescent element
JP2013183010A (en) * 2012-03-01 2013-09-12 Udc Ireland Ltd Chemical compound, material for organic electroluminescent element, charge transport material, and organic electroluminescent element
JP2014005274A (en) * 2012-06-01 2014-01-16 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Organic material, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic appliance, and lighting device
USRE49343E1 (en) 2012-06-01 2022-12-20 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
EP3809482A3 (en) * 2012-06-01 2021-10-27 Idemitsu Kosan Co.,Ltd. Organic electroluminescence element and material for organic electroluminescence element
US10158085B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2018-12-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
US12150380B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2024-11-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
US10985329B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2021-04-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
KR102303490B1 (en) 2014-11-26 2021-09-17 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Indolocarbazole composite and organic light emitting device comprising the same
US10020453B2 (en) 2014-11-26 2018-07-10 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting display device
KR20160063488A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-07 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Indolocarbazole composite and organic light emitting device comprising the same
EP3026053A1 (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-01 LG Display Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting display device
CN105622618A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-01 乐金显示有限公司 Organic light emitting display device
US9859503B2 (en) 2015-04-30 2018-01-02 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US11795185B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2023-10-24 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Compound for electron-transport material and organic light emitting diode including the same
WO2019114610A1 (en) * 2017-12-14 2019-06-20 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Carbazole tribenzene organic compound, superpolymer, mixture and composition, and use thereof
CN111247133A (en) * 2017-12-14 2020-06-05 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Carbazole triphenyl organic compound, high polymer, mixture, composition and application thereof
US11053228B2 (en) 2018-07-20 2021-07-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Condensed cyclic compound, composition including the condensed cyclic compound, and organic light-emitting device including the condensed cyclic compound
WO2020090843A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 株式会社Kyulux Charge transport material, compound and organic light emitting element
JP2020077872A (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-21 株式会社Kyulux Charge transport material, compound, and organic light emitting device
JP7408125B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2024-01-05 株式会社Kyulux Charge transport materials and organic light emitting devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5814031B2 (en) 2015-11-17
KR20180029095A (en) 2018-03-19
KR20130043671A (en) 2013-04-30
JP2012049523A (en) 2012-03-08
KR101838200B1 (en) 2018-03-13
KR101919742B1 (en) 2018-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5814031B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP5981770B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device, charge transport material for organic electroluminescence device, and light emitting device, display device and illumination device using the device
JP5984450B2 (en) ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE USING THE ELEMENT, DISPLAY DEVICE, LIGHTING DEVICE, AND COMPOUND FOR THE ELEMENT
JP5906114B2 (en) Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device
KR101985026B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, materials for organic electroluminescent element, and light emitting device, display device, or illumination device, each using the element, and compounds used in the element
JP5735241B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material
WO2013077344A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, material for organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device each using said element, and compound used for said element
JP6009817B2 (en) Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device
WO2011086867A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element
JP5658478B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device, and charge transport material and compound having m-kinkphenyl structure
JP6009816B2 (en) Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device
JP5763309B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound
JP5507381B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound
JP5563399B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound having p-dicyanobenzene structure
JP5650961B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP5990385B2 (en) Compound, material for organic electroluminescence device, charge transport material, organic electroluminescence device
JP6109137B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device having dibenzothiophene structure or dibenzofuran structure
JP6113136B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device, and charge transport material and compound having m-kinkphenyl structure
JP2015165584A (en) Organic electroluminescent element and charge transport material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11812606

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20137004031

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11812606

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1